TULARIK INC
S-1/A, 1999-11-18
COMMERCIAL PHYSICAL & BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH
Previous: ILLINOIS SUPERCONDUCTOR CORPORATION, 3, 1999-11-18
Next: BB&T MUTUAL FUNDS GROUP, DEFS14A, 1999-11-18



<PAGE>


As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 18, 1999
                                                     Registration No. 333-89177
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549
                                ---------------

                             AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     Under
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                ---------------
                                 TULARIK INC.
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                                ---------------
<TABLE>
 <S>                               <C>                              <C>
             Delaware                            8731                          94-3148800
 (State or other jurisdiction of     (Primary Standard Industrial           (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)     Classification Code Number)          Identification No.)
</TABLE>
                                ---------------
                              Two Corporate Drive
                     South San Francisco, California 94080
                                (650) 825-7000
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
                                ---------------
                               David V. Goeddel
                            Chief Executive Officer
                                 Tularik Inc.
                              Two Corporate Drive
                     South San Francisco, California 94080
                                (650) 825-7000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                                ---------------
                                  Copies to:
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
         Suzanne Sawochka Hooper, Esq.                         David A. Hahn, Esq.
          Stephen N. Rosenfield, Esq.                      Christopher L. Kaufman, Esq.
               Cooley Godward LLP                                Latham & Watkins
             Five Palo Alto Square                                 701 B Street
              3000 El Camino Real                                   Suite 2100
            Palo Alto, CA 94306-2155                           San Diego, CA 92101
                 (650) 843-5000                                   (619) 236-1234
</TABLE>
                                ---------------
  Approximate date of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable
after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
                                ---------------
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), check the following box. [_]
  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
number for the same offering. [_]
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same offering. [_]
  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box. [_]

                     CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Proposed
                                          Proposed      Maximum
                                          Maximum      Aggregate   Amount of
  Title of Securities    Amount to be  Offering Price  Offering   Registration
    to be Registered     Registered(1)  Per Share(2)   Price(2)      Fee(3)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>
Common Stock, par value
 $.001 ................    7,187,500       $13.00     $93,437,500   $25,976
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Includes 717,187 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the
    underwriters' over-allotment options and 220,313 shares of common stock
    that may be purchased in the direct offering if the underwriters' over-
    allotment options are exercised.

(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the
    registration fee in accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of
    1933.

(3) Previously paid.
                                ---------------
  The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this
Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may +
+not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the     +
+Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an    +
+offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy.       +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

PROSPECTUS    Subject to Completion, dated November 18, 1999
                                6,250,000 Shares

                              [TULARIK INC. LOGO]


                                  Common Stock

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 This is  our  initial  public offering  of  shares of  common  stock.  We are
  offering 4,781,250  shares in  public  offerings in  the United  States and
   Canada  and  outside the  United  States  and  Canada. No  public  market
    currently  exists for our  shares. Our common  stock has been  approved
      for quotation  on  the  Nasdaq  National  Market  under  the  symbol
       "TLRK." We expect the initial public offering price to be between
        $11.00 and $13.00 per share.

 Pharma Vision 2000 AG, our largest  stockholder, has expressed an interest in
  acquiring additional  shares in a direct offering of our common  stock that
    would allow it to  maintain its 23.5% ownership interest  in us. We are
     offering  1,468,750 shares of  common stock  in the direct  offering.
       Any sales to Pharma Vision in the direct offering will be made  at
        the initial  public offering  price concurrent with  the public
         offerings.

    Investing in the shares involves risks. "Risk Factors" begin on page 7.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Per
                                                                     Share Total
                                                                     ----- -----
<S>                                                                  <C>   <C>
Public Offering Price............................................... $     $
Underwriting Discount............................................... $     $
Proceeds to Tularik................................................. $     $
</TABLE>

We have granted the U.S. underwriters and international managers 30-day options
to purchase up to an aggregate of 717,187 additional shares of common stock
solely to cover over-allotments, if any. Pharma Vision 2000 AG has expressed an
interest in acquiring up to an additional 220,313 shares of our common stock in
order to maintain its 23.5% ownership interest in us in the event the over-
allotment options are exercised.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if
this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is
a criminal offense.

Lehman Brothers expects to deliver the shares on or about December  , 1999.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lehman Brothers

          Hambrecht & Quist

                                J.P. Morgan & Co.

                                                        Warburg Dillon Read LLC


      , 1999
<PAGE>


Inside Front Cover

Most human diseases are linked to the inappropriate activation of genes, which
causes over-production of harmful proteins or under-production of beneficial
proteins. Tularik is committed to the discovery of novel drugs that can be
administered orally to treat disease by blocking or amplifying the activation
of genes.

Graphic Description: Graphic depicting how pills amplify beneficial activation
of genes or block harmful activation of genes.

Developing drugs to treat human disease by regulating genes.

Example: Inflammatory diseases/Immune system protein binds to cell surface and
causes inflammation.

Tularik's drug discovery platform is directed toward identifying numerous novel
proteins within a cell that are linked to disease--enabling us to identify
multiple drug targets and to focus on those that are optimal.

Graphic Description: Graphic depicting an example of the activation of genes
and the multiple protein components inside the cell that could be potential
drug targets.

Inside Gatefold Graphic

Title: Tularik's Programs

Tularik is positioned to discover, develop and commercialize novel, orally
available drugs as a result of our integrated drug discovery and development
platform, combined with our ability to build on advances in human genomics.

Graphic Description: Graphic showing our research program portfolio including
cancer, cytomegalovirus, diabetes, obesity, inflammation, immune disorders,
hypercholesterolemia (high blood cholesterol levels), bacterial diseases and
orphan nuclear receptors (a class of proteins located in the nucleus of cells
whose exact function is unknown); the status of each program (e.g. animal
testing, human safety trials, human efficacy trials); and detail regarding
milestones achieved for each program.






<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Prospectus Summary.......................................................   4
Risk Factors.............................................................   7
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  20
Dividend Policy..........................................................  20
Capitalization...........................................................  21
Dilution.................................................................  22
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.....................................  23
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................  24
Business.................................................................  31
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Management.................................................................  55
Related Party Transactions.................................................  67
Principal Stockholders.....................................................  69
Description of Capital Stock...............................................  71
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................  73
Underwriting...............................................................  75
Legal Matters..............................................................  80
Experts....................................................................  80
Where You Can Find More Information........................................  80
Index to Financial Statements ............................................. F-1
</TABLE>

                               ----------------

                             ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

  You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have
not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that
contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy our common stock in any jurisdiction where it
is unlawful. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as
of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this
prospectus or of any sale of common stock. This preliminary prospectus is
subject to completion prior to this offering.

  Some of the statements under the captions "Prospectus Summary," "Risk
Factors," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" and elsewhere in this
prospectus are "forward-looking statements." These forward-looking statements
include, but are not limited to, statements about our plans, objectives,
expectations and intentions and other statements contained in the prospectus
that are not historical facts. When used in this prospectus, the words
"anticipates," "believes," "continue," "could," "estimates," "expects,"
"intends," "may," "plans," "seeks," "should" or "will" or the negative of these
terms or similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward-looking
statements. Because these forward-looking statements involve risks and
uncertainties, there are important factors that could cause actual results to
differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking
statements, including our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions and
other factors discussed under "Risk Factors."

  "Tularik" and the Tularik logo are trademarks of Tularik Inc. Other
trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of
their holders.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and the consolidated financial statements and notes appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, information in this
prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment
options and assumes the conversion of all of our preferred stock into common
stock upon completion of these offerings.

                                    Tularik

  Tularik engages in the discovery and development of a broad range of novel
and superior orally available drugs based on gene regulation. Building on our
scientific strengths, we intend to become a world-class pharmaceutical company.
Our research programs, all of which address large commercial markets, include
cancer, cytomegalovirus, diabetes, obesity, inflammation, immune disorders,
high blood cholesterol levels, known as hypercholesterolemia, bacterial
diseases and a class of drug targets called orphan nuclear receptors because
their exact function is unknown and they are located within the nucleus of the
cell. We have diversified our drug discovery and development efforts not only
across a large number of diseases, but also across multiple promising targets
and drug candidates for these diseases. We have identified 14 drug leads in our
programs and are developing products that include:

  . one cancer drug candidate that has completed human testing designed to
    determine safety, known as phase 1 clinical trials;

  . one cancer drug candidate that is undergoing phase 1 clinical trials;

  . one cancer drug candidate for which an Investigational New Drug
    application has been approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration;
    and

  . one cytomegalovirus drug candidate undergoing preclinical testing
    consisting of animal studies designed to determine the feasibility of
    human testing.

  Gene regulation is the selective activation and deactivation of genes within
a cell and is fundamental to the development or progression of most diseases.
Our drug discovery approach, which is based on gene regulation, is amenable to
the discovery of orally available drugs. These drugs are well suited for the
treatment of chronic diseases requiring the daily administration of medications
over many years. We also selectively pursue drug candidates with mechanisms of
action other than gene regulation.

  Our drug discovery and development expertise includes molecular biology,
biochemistry, structural biology, chemistry, pharmacology and human testing. To
complement our internal capabilities, we collaborate with world-renowned
scientists and clinicians and with leading pharmaceutical companies. We believe
that our integration of biology, chemistry and pharmacology enhances our
ability to find novel gene regulating drugs and that our drug discovery and
development efforts are highly efficient and productive. To date, we have:

  . identified numerous novel proteins that regulate the expression of
    disease-causing genes;

  . established more than 80 automated drug testing systems, known as high
    throughput screening assays, that mimic the diseases addressed by our
    programs;
  . conducted more than 15 million drug screens using a library of more than
    500,000 distinct compounds and natural products;

  . identified 14 drug leads, seven of which are being optimized by chemists;

  . identified one cytomegalovirus drug candidate that is undergoing
    preclinical testing;

  . identified one cancer drug candidate for which an Investigational New
    Drug application has been approved by the FDA;

  . identified one cancer drug candidate that is undergoing phase 1 clinical
    trials; and

  . obtained a license for a cancer drug candidate that has completed phase 1
    clinical trials and that we expect to enter human testing designed to
    determine efficacy, known as phase 2 clinical trials, during 2000.

  We have commenced, or are preparing for, human testing of three cancer drug
candidates: lometrexol, T138067, which we refer to as T67, and T900607, which
we refer to as T607. Our most advanced drug

                                       4
<PAGE>


candidate, which we recently licensed from Eli Lilly, is called lometrexol. The
utility of cancer drugs like lometrexol has been proven by methotrexate, a drug
used extensively in the treatment of several tumor types. We expect to commence
phase 2 clinical trials of lometrexol in 2000. T67 acts on the same protein
targeted by the cancer drugs Taxol and vincristine. In contrast to these drugs,
T67 retains its activity against tumor cells that are multiple drug resistant
and is able to enter the brain. We have enrolled 29 patients in phase 1
clinical trials of T67 to date. Pending successful completion of these trials,
we will initiate phase 2 clinical trials of T67 in several tumor types,
including brain tumors. T607 is an analog of T67, has the same target and is
similarly active against multiple drug resistant tumors. Animal studies
indicate that T607 is distinct from T67 because T607 has a reduced ability to
enter the brain, which may make it suitable for the treatment of different
tumor types than T67. We recently received approval of an Investigational New
Drug application for T607.

  We intend to commercialize drugs independently and through collaborations
with pharmaceutical partners. To assist in the commercialization of some of our
products, and to fund research and development activities, we have established
and will continue to pursue collaborations with selected pharmaceutical and
biotechnology companies. We currently have corporate collaborations in six of
our research programs: with Knoll relating to obesity; with Japan Tobacco
relating to orphan nuclear receptors; with Roche Bioscience relating to
inflammation; with Japan Tobacco relating to obesity/diabetes; with Taisho
relating to immune disorders; and with Sumitomo relating to
hypercholesterolemia. We have retained significant rights to independently
market products resulting from most of our programs, including worldwide
commercialization rights to our cancer, bacterial diseases and cytomegalovirus
programs and North American commercialization rights in four of our externally
funded programs. As of September 30, 1999, we had received a total of $121.3
million from our current and former corporate collaborators, including $108.3
million in research funding and $13.0 million from equity purchases.

  To date, we have funded our operations primarily through the sale of equity
securities, non-equity payments from collaborators and interest income. We
expect our sources of revenue, if any, for the next several years to consist
primarily of payments under corporate collaborations and interest income.

  As of September 30, 1999, 41 U.S. patents based on our discoveries had been
issued or allowed. In addition, as of that date, we had 47 patent applications
pending in the United States and had filed several corresponding foreign patent
applications.

  Tularik was incorporated in California in 1991 and reincorporated in Delaware
in 1997. Our principal office is located at Two Corporate Drive, South San
Francisco, California 94080, and our telephone number is (650) 825-7000.

                               The Offerings

<TABLE>
 <C>                                                  <S>
 Common Stock offered in the public offerings........ 4,781,250 shares
 Common Stock offered in the direct offering......... 1,468,750 shares

 Common Stock to be outstanding after the offerings.. 41,521,375 shares

                                                      Research and development
                                                      and general corporate
                                                      purposes. See "Use of
 Use of proceeds..................................... Proceeds."

 Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol.............. "TLRK"
</TABLE>

  The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offerings is
based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 1999 and
excludes:

  . 5,955,965 shares of common stock underlying options outstanding as of
    September 30, 1999 at a weighted average exercise price of $2.23 per
    share;

  . 1,015,091 shares of common stock underlying warrants outstanding as of
    September 30, 1999 at a weighted average exercise price of $10.17 per
    share;

  . 436,112 shares available for issuance or future grant under our stock
    option plans; and
  . 500,000 shares available for issuance under our employee stock purchase
    plan.

                                       5
<PAGE>

                      Summary Consolidated Financial Data

  The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. The pro forma
information contained in the consolidated statements of operations data gives
effect to the automatic conversion of all convertible preferred stock into
common stock upon the completion of this offering. The as adjusted column of
the consolidated balance sheet data reflects the conversion of our preferred
stock into common stock and the sale of 6,250,000 shares of our common stock in
the public offerings and the direct offering at an assumed initial public
offering price of $12.00 per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting
discount and offering expenses payable by us.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Nine Months
                                 Year Ended December 31,              Ended September 30,
                         -------------------------------------------  --------------------
                          1994     1995     1996     1997     1998      1998       1999
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ---------  ---------
                                  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>
Consolidated Statements of Op-
 erations Data:
Collaborative research
 and development
 revenue...............  $ 5,618  $11,124  $15,297  $20,009  $21,362  $  13,664  $  17,856
Total operating ex-
 penses(1).............   12,153   15,980   22,252   49,468   38,297     27,799     40,478
Net loss(1)............   (5,898)  (3,607)  (5,480) (25,374) (10,539)    (9,303)   (18,954)
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share........  $ (2.27) $ (0.91) $ (1.09) $ (4.19) $ (1.55) $   (1.40) $   (2.57)
Shares used in comput-
 ing basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share.................    2,601    3,957    5,034    6,063    6,791      6,666      7,388
Pro forma basic and di-
 luted net loss per
 share.................                                      $ (0.31)            $   (0.55)
Shares used in comput-
 ing pro forma
 basic and diluted net
 loss per share........                                       33,687                34,314
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         As of September 30,
                                               As of             1999
                                            December 31, ---------------------
                                                1998      Actual   As Adjusted
                                            ------------ --------  -----------
                                                     (in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>       <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable
 securities................................   $119,324   $104,188   $174,172
Working capital............................     94,535     84,401    154,385
Total assets...............................    136,778    131,026    201,010
Long-term obligations, less current
 portion...................................      4,734     10,254     10,254
Deferred compensation......................       (679)    (5,377)    (5,377)
Accumulated deficit........................    (61,857)   (80,811)   (80,811)
Total stockholders' equity.................    110,898     95,556    165,540
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Total operating expenses in 1997 include a non-cash charge of $18.9 million
    for acquired in-process research and development in connection with our
    acquisition of Amplicon Corp. You should read Note 6 of notes to
    consolidated financial statements for information about this acquisition.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

  An investment in our common stock is risky. You should carefully consider the
following risks, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus.
If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business could be harmed. In
that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you might
lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described
below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not
presently known to us, or that we currently see as immaterial, may also harm
our business.

RISKS RELATED TO TULARIK

If we continue to incur operating losses for a period longer than anticipated,
we may be unable to continue our operations.

  We have generated operating losses since we began operations in November
1991. The extent of our future losses and the timing of profitability are
highly uncertain, and we may never achieve profitable operations. We have been
engaged in discovering and developing drugs since inception, which requires
significant research and development expenditures. To date, we have no products
that have generated any revenue. As of September 30, 1999, we had an
accumulated deficit of approximately $80.8 million. Even if we succeed in
developing a commercial product, we expect to incur losses for at least the
next several years and expect that these losses will increase as we expand our
research and development activities. If the time required to generate product
revenues and achieve profitability is longer than anticipated, we may not be
able to continue our operations. If we fail to obtain the necessary capital, we
will not be able to fund our operations.

Because our product candidates are in an early state of development, there is a
high risk of failure.

  We have no products that have received regulatory approval for commercial
sale. All of our product candidates are in early stages of development, and we
face the risks of failure inherent in developing drugs based on new
technologies. None of our prospective products, including lometrexol, T67 and
T607, is expected to be commercially available until at least 2004. Two of our
drug candidates, T67 and T607, operate in a similar manner. Based on results at
any stage of clinical trials, we may decide to discontinue development of one
or both of these compounds. Additionally, even if the clinical results are
favorable for both compounds, we may decide to commercialize only one of the
compounds.

  Our products must satisfy rigorous standards of safety and efficacy before
they can be approved by the FDA and international regulatory authorities for
commercial use. We will need to conduct significant additional research, animal
testing, referred to as preclinical testing, and human testing, referred to as
clinical trials, before we can file applications with the FDA for product
approval. Clinical trials are expensive and have a high risk of failure. In
addition, to compete effectively, our products must be easy to use, cost-
effective and economical to manufacture on a commercial scale. We may not
achieve any of these objectives. Any of our products may not attain market
acceptance. Typically, there is a high rate of attrition for products in
preclinical testing and clinical trials. Also, third parties may develop
superior products or have proprietary rights that preclude us from marketing
our products. If research and testing is not successful or we fail to obtain
regulatory approval, we will be unable to market and sell our future product
candidates.

The progress and results of our animal and human testing are uncertain.

  Preclinical testing and clinical development are long, expensive and
uncertain processes. It may take us several years to complete our testing, and
failure can occur at any stage of testing. Interim results of trials do not
necessarily predict final results, and acceptable results in early trials may
not be repeated in later trials. Success in preclinical testing and early
clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful.
A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry, including biotechnology
companies, have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials, even
after promising results in earlier trials. Commercialization of our product
candidates depends upon successful completion of clinical trials. We must
provide the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities with clinical data that
demonstrates the safety and efficacy of our products before

                                       7
<PAGE>


they can be approved for commercial sale. While we have recently licensed a
product candidate that is ready for the stage of human testing designed to
determine efficacy, known as phase 2 clinical trials, none of the product
candidates that we have internally developed have advanced beyond the stage of
human testing designed to determine safety, known as phase 1 clinical trials.

  Any clinical trial may fail to produce results satisfactory to the FDA.
Preclinical and clinical data can be interpreted in different ways, which could
delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. Negative or inconclusive results
or adverse medical events during a clinical trial could cause a clinical trial
to be repeated or a program to be terminated. We typically rely on third-party
clinical investigators to conduct our clinical trials and other third-party
organizations to perform data collection and analysis, and as a result, we may
face additional delaying factors outside our control.

  We do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time or whether
any of our clinical trials will be completed on schedule or at all. We do not
know whether any clinical trials will result in marketable products. Our
product development costs will increase if we have delays in testing or
approvals or if we need to perform more or larger clinical trials than planned.
If the delays are significant, our financial results and the commercial
prospects for our products will be harmed.

  The length of time necessary to complete clinical trials varies significantly
and may be difficult to predict. Clinical results are frequently susceptible to
varying interpretations that may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approvals.
Additional factors that can cause delay or termination of our clinical trials,
or the costs of these trials to increase, include:

  . slow patient enrollment due to the nature of the protocol, the proximity
    of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the study or
    other factors;

  . inadequately trained or insufficient personnel at the study site to
    assist in overseeing and monitoring clinical trials;

  . delays in approvals from a study site's review board;

  . longer treatment time required to demonstrate effectiveness or determine
    the appropriate product dose;

  . lack of sufficient supplies of the product candidate;

  . adverse medical events or side effects in treated patients; and

  . lack of effectiveness of the product candidate being tested.

  Any drug is likely to produce some toxicities or undesirable side effects in
animals and in humans when administered at sufficiently high doses and/or for
sufficiently long periods of time. Unacceptable toxicities or side effects may
occur at any dose level at any time in the course of studies in animals
designed to identify unacceptable effects of a drug candidate, known as
toxicological studies, or clinical trials of our potential products. The
appearance of any unacceptable toxicity or side effect could cause us or
regulatory authorities to interrupt, limit, delay or abort the development of
any of our product candidates and could ultimately prevent their clearance by
the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities for any or all targeted indications.

  Our first three clinical candidates are directed to the treatment of cancer.
Cancer drugs generally have a narrow therapeutic window between efficacy and
toxicity. If unacceptable toxicity is observed in clinical trials, the trials
may be terminated at an early stage. Drug-related deaths may occur in phase 1
clinical trials with anti-cancer drugs, because drugs for the treatment of
cancer are typically dangerous and phase 1 patients are critically ill and
heavily pre-treated. Several deaths occurred during Eli Lilly's phase 1
clinical trials of lometrexol.

  We do not know whether our existing or any future clinical trials will
demonstrate sufficient safety and efficacy necessary to obtain the requisite
regulatory approvals or will result in marketable products. Our failure to
adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our products under
development will prevent receipt of FDA approval and, ultimately,
commercialization of our products.

                                       8
<PAGE>


Because we must obtain regulatory approval to market our products in the United
States and foreign jurisdictions, we cannot predict whether or when we will be
permitted to commercialize our products.

  The pharmaceutical industry is subject to stringent regulation by a wide
range of authorities. We cannot predict whether regulatory clearance will be
obtained for any product we develop. A pharmaceutical product cannot be
marketed in the United States until it has completed rigorous preclinical
testing and clinical trials and an extensive regulatory clearance process
implemented by the FDA. Satisfaction of regulatory requirements typically takes
many years, is dependent upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product
and requires the expenditure of substantial resources. Of particular
significance are the requirements covering research and development, testing,
manufacturing, quality control, labeling and promotion of drugs for human use.

  Before commencing clinical trials in humans, we must submit and receive
approval from the FDA of an Investigational New Drug application. Clinical
trials are subject to oversight by institutional review boards and the FDA and:

  . must be conducted in conformance with the FDA's good laboratory practice
    regulations;
  . must meet requirements for institutional review board oversight;
  . must meet requirements for informed consent;
  . must meet requirements for good clinical practices;
  . are subject to continuing FDA oversight;
  . may require large numbers of test subjects; and

  . may be suspended by us or the FDA at any time if it is believed that the
    subjects participating in these trials are being exposed to unacceptable
    health risks or if the FDA finds deficiencies in the Investigational New
    Drug application or the conduct of these trials.

  Before receiving FDA clearance to market a product, we must demonstrate that
the product is safe and effective on the patient population that will be
treated. Data obtained from preclinical and clinical activities are susceptible
to varying interpretations that could delay, limit or prevent regulatory
clearances. In addition, delays or rejections may be encountered based upon
additional government regulation from future legislation or administrative
action or changes in FDA policy during the period of product development,
clinical trials and FDA regulatory review. Failure to comply with applicable
FDA or other applicable regulatory requirements may result in criminal
prosecution, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial
suspension of production or injunction, as well as other regulatory action
against our potential products or us. Additionally, we have limited experience
in conducting and managing the clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory
approval.

  If regulatory clearance of a product is granted, this clearance will be
limited to those disease states and conditions for which the product is
demonstrated through clinical trials to be safe and efficacious. Marketing or
promoting a drug for an unapproved indication is generally prohibited.
Furthermore, clearance may entail ongoing requirements for post-marketing
studies. Even if this regulatory clearance is obtained, a marketed product, its
manufacturer and its manufacturing facilities are subject to continual review
and periodic inspections by the FDA. Discovery of previously unknown problems
with a product, manufacturer or facility may result in restrictions on this
product or manufacturer, including costly recalls or withdrawal of the product
from the market. We cannot assure you that any compound developed by us, alone
or with others, will prove to be safe and efficacious in clinical trials and
will meet all of the applicable regulatory requirements needed to receive
marketing clearance.

  Outside the United States, our ability to market a product is contingent upon
receiving a marketing authorization from the appropriate regulatory
authorities. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials,
marketing authorization, pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to
country. At present, foreign marketing authorizations are applied for at a
national level, although within the European Community, or EC, registration
procedures are available to companies wishing to market a product in more than
one EC member state. If the regulatory authority is satisfied that adequate
evidence of safety, quality and efficacy has been presented, a marketing
authorization will be granted. This foreign regulatory approval process
includes all of the risks associated with FDA clearance described above.

                                       9
<PAGE>


Failure to attract, retain and motivate skilled personnel and cultivate key
academic collaborations will delay our product development programs and our
research and development efforts.

  We are a small company with approximately 200 employees, and our success
depends on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly
qualified management and scientific personnel and on our ability to develop and
maintain important relationships with leading academic institutions and
scientists. Competition for personnel and academic collaborations is intense.
In particular, our product development programs depend on our ability to
attract and retain highly skilled chemists and clinical development personnel.
If we lose the services of any of these personnel, it could impede
significantly the achievement of our research and development objectives. In
particular, the loss of David V. Goeddel, our Chief Executive Officer, would be
detrimental to us. If we fail to negotiate additional acceptable collaborations
with academic institutions and scientists, or if our existing academic
collaborations were to be unsuccessful, our product development programs may be
delayed. In addition, we will need to hire additional personnel and develop
additional academic collaborations as we continue to expand our research and
development activities. We do not know if we will be able to attract, retain or
motivate personnel or maintain relationships.

The drug discovery methods we employ are relatively new and may not lead to the
development of drugs.

  The drug discovery methods we employ based upon gene regulation are
relatively new. We do not know if these methods will lead to the discovery of
commercially viable drugs. None of our cancer product candidates undergoing
clinical testing acts by gene regulation. There is limited scientific
understanding generally relating to gene expression and the role of genes in
complex diseases and relatively few products based on gene discoveries have
been developed and commercialized by drug manufacturers. Even if we are
successful in identifying the pathways that cells use to control the expression
of genes associated with specific diseases, these discoveries may not lead to
the development of drugs. Furthermore, our drug discovery efforts are focused
on a number of target genes, the functions of which have not yet been fully
identified. As a result, the safety and efficacy of drugs that alter the
expression of these genes have not yet been established. As a result, we cannot
assure you that our research and development activities will result in any
commercially viable products. We expect to continue to in-license or acquire
additional product candidates to augment the results of our internal research
activities, and in-licensed candidates may not prove to be successful.

If we cannot maintain our current corporate collaborations and enter into new
corporate collaborations, our product development could be delayed.

  We rely, to a significant extent, on our corporate collaborators to provide
funding in support of our research and to jointly conduct some research and
preclinical testing functions. We cannot control the amount and timing of
resources our corporate collaborators devote to our programs or potential
products. In addition, we expect to rely on our corporate collaborators for
commercialization of some of our products. If any of our corporate
collaborators were to breach or terminate their agreement with us or otherwise
fail to conduct the collaborative activities successfully and in a timely
manner, the preclinical or clinical development or commercialization of the
affected product candidates or research programs could be delayed or
terminated.

  The continuation of any of our partnered drug discovery and development
programs may be dependent on the periodic renewal of our corporate
collaborations. All of our corporate collaborations have terms of six or fewer
years, which is less than the period required for the discovery, clinical
development and commercialization of most drugs. Each of our corporate
collaboration agreements provides that, upon expiration of a specified period
after commencement of the agreement, the corporate collaborator has the right
to terminate the agreement on short notice, and each corporate collaboration
agreement, other than the agreement with Roche Bioscience, provides that these
terminations do not require cause. Our collaboration with Yamanouchi
Pharmaceutical Co. was terminated by Yamanouchi in November 1996, and our
collaboration with Merck & Co. was terminated by Merck in March 1999. Our
existing corporate collaboration agreements also may terminate before the full
term of the collaborations. Moreover, we may not be able to renew these
collaborations on acceptable terms, if at all. We believe that our Sumitomo
collaboration will expire and not be

                                       10
<PAGE>

renewed at the end of its five-year term in January 2000. Additionally, Taisho
has the ability to terminate our collaboration in March 2000. If funding from
one or more of our corporate collaborations were reduced or terminated,
including the expected expiration of the Sumitomo collaboration, we would be
required to devote additional internal resources to product development or
scale back or terminate some development programs or seek alternative corporate
collaborators.

  There have been a significant number of recent business combinations among
large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of
potential future corporate collaborators. If business combinations involving
our corporate collaborators were to occur, the effect could be to diminish,
terminate or cause delays in one or more of our corporate collaborations.

  Until recently, our corporate collaboration strategy focused on partnering
with pharmaceutical companies to fund our research in gene regulation. Over the
past two years, as our partnered and unpartnered research has led to product
candidates, our corporate collaboration strategy has evolved. In addition to
seeking collaborations for our research-stage programs, we also seek to enter
into collaborations for the development of compounds discovered through our
research and development efforts. The timing of these collaborations may be
linked to clinical results of our product candidates. As a result, we expect
our net spending on research and development to increase significantly and that
our corporate collaborators will fund a smaller percentage of our expenses than
historically.

  We may not be able to negotiate additional corporate collaborations on
acceptable terms, if at all, and these collaborations may not be successful.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly depending on the
initiation of new corporate collaboration agreements or the termination of
existing corporate collaboration agreements.

If we do not realize value from our retained commercialization rights, we may
not achieve our commercial objectives.

  If we do not effectively exploit the commercialization rights we have
retained, we may not achieve profitability. In most of our corporate
collaborations, we have retained various commercialization rights for the
development and marketing of pharmaceutical products, including rights for
specific pharmaceutical indications or in specified geographical regions. For a
description of programs for which we have retained commercialization rights,
see "Business--Corporate Collaborations." We may take advantage of these
currently retained rights directly or may exploit retained rights through
collaborations with others. The value of these rights, if any, will be largely
derived from our ability, directly or with collaborators, to develop and
commercialize drugs, the success of which is also uncertain.

  The exploitation of retained commercialization rights requires sufficient
capital; technological, product development, manufacturing and regulatory
expertise and resources; and marketing and sales personnel. We may not be able
to develop or obtain these resources in sufficient quantity or of a sufficient
quality level to enable us to achieve our objectives. To the extent that we are
required to rely on third parties for these resources, failure to establish and
maintain our relationships will affect our ability to realize value from our
retained commercialization rights. If we seek to commercialize products for
which we have retained rights through joint ventures or collaborations, we may
be required to relinquish material rights on terms that may not be favorable to
us. We do not know whether we will be able to enter into any agreements on
acceptable terms, if at all, or that we will be able to realize any value from
our retained commercialization rights.

If we fail to obtain the capital necessary to fund our operations, we will be
unable to successfully develop products.

  We expect that significant additional financing will be required in the
future to fund operations. We do not know whether additional financing will be
available when needed, or that, if available, we will obtain financing on terms
favorable to our stockholders or us. We have consumed substantial amounts of
cash to date and expect capital outlays and operating expenditures to increase
over the next several years as we expand our infrastructure and research and
development activities. We may raise this financing through public or private
equity offerings, debt financings or additional corporate collaboration and
licensing arrangements.

                                       11
<PAGE>


  We believe that the net proceeds from the offerings, existing cash and
investment securities and anticipated cash flow from existing collaborations
will be sufficient to support our current operating plan through at least the
end of 2001. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be
wrong. Our future capital requirements depend on many factors that affect our
research, development, collaboration and sales and marketing activities. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."

  To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our
stockholders may experience substantial dilution. To the extent that we raise
additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements, we may be
required to relinquish some rights to our technologies or product candidates,
or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If adequate funds are
not available, we will not be able to continue developing our products.

If our competitors develop and market products that are more effective than
ours, our commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated.

  Our commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated if our competitors
develop and market products that are more effective, have fewer side effects or
are less expensive than our product candidates. We face intensifying
competition from large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that are
pursuing drugs that are competitive with our product candidates and prospective
product candidates. Our competitors include fully integrated pharmaceutical
companies and biotechnology companies that currently have drug and target
discovery efforts. In addition, companies pursuing different but related fields
represent substantial competition. Many of the organizations competing with us
have substantially greater capital resources, larger research and development
staffs and facilities, greater experience in drug development and in obtaining
regulatory approvals and greater marketing capabilities than we do. These
companies also compete with us to:

  . attract qualified personnel;
  . attract parties for acquisitions, joint ventures or other collaborations;
  . attract academic research institutions as collaborators; and
  . license the proprietary technology of these institutions that is
    competitive with the technology we are practicing.

  If our competitors successfully enter into partnering arrangements or license
agreements with academic research institutions, we will then be precluded from
pursuing those specific opportunities. Since each of these opportunities is
unique, we may not be able to find an acceptable substitute.

  Universities and public and private research institutions are also
competitors. While these organizations primarily have educational objectives,
they may develop proprietary technology and acquire patents that we may need
for the development of our drug products. We will attempt to license this
proprietary technology, if available. These licenses may not be available to us
on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, we compete with a number of these
organizations to recruit personnel, especially scientists and technicians.

  With respect to our drug discovery programs, other companies have product
candidates in clinical trials to treat each of the diseases for which we are
seeking to discover and develop product candidates. These competing potential
drugs are further advanced in development than are any of our potential
products and may result in effective, commercially successful products. Even if
our collaborators or we are successful in developing effective drugs, our
products may not compete effectively with these products or other successful
products. Our competitors may succeed in developing and marketing products
either that are more effective than those that we may develop, alone or with
our collaborators, or that are marketed before any products we develop are
marketed.

  The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain, and
we cannot ensure that:

  . we were the first to make the inventions covered by each of our pending
    patent applications;

                                       12
<PAGE>


Because it is difficult and costly to protect our proprietary rights, we cannot
ensure their protection.

  Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining patent protection on
our products and successfully defending these patents against third party
challenges. The patent positions of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies
can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. No
consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology
patents has emerged to date. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of
claims allowed in these companies' patents.

  The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain and
we cannot assure you that:

  . we were the first to file patent applications for these inventions;
  . others will not independently develop similar or alternative technologies
    or duplicate any of our technologies;
  . any of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents;
  . any patents issued to us or our collaborators will provide a basis for
    commercially viable products or will provide us with any competitive
    advantages or will not be challenged by third parties;
  . we will develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;
    or
  . the patents of others will not have an adverse effect on our ability to
    do business.

  In addition, we could incur substantial costs in litigation if we are
required to defend against patent suits brought by third parties or if we
initiate these suits.

  Others may have filed and in the future are likely to file patent
applications covering genes, gene products or therapeutic products that are
similar or identical to ours. We cannot assure you that any patent application
will not have priority over patent applications filed by us. Any legal action
against our collaborators or us claiming damages and seeking to enjoin
commercial activities relating to the affected products and processes could, in
addition to subjecting us to potential liability for damages, require our
collaborator or us to obtain a license to continue to manufacture or market the
affected products and processes. We cannot predict whether we or our
collaborators would prevail in any of these actions or that any license
required under any of these patents would be made available on commercially
acceptable terms, if at all. We believe that there may be significant
litigation in the industry regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. If we become involved in litigation, it could consume a substantial
portion of our managerial and financial resources.

  We rely on trade secrets to protect technology where we believe patent
protection is not appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are
difficult to protect. We may not be able to adequately protect our trade
secrets or other proprietary information. While we require employees, academic
collaborators and consultants to enter into confidentiality agreements, we
cannot assure you that:

  . proprietary information will not be disclosed;
  . others will not independently develop substantially equivalent
    proprietary information and techniques;
  . others will not gain access to our trade secrets or disclose this
    technology;
  . these obligations of confidentiality will be honored; or
  . we can meaningfully protect our rights to proprietary information.

  We are a party to various license agreements that give us rights to use
specified technologies in our research and development processes. If we are not
able to continue to license this technology on commercially reasonable terms,
our product development and research may be delayed. In addition, we generally
do not control the prosecution of in-licensed technology, and accordingly are
unable to exercise the same degree of control over this intellectual property
as we exercise over our internally developed technology.

  Our research collaborators and scientific advisors have rights to publish
data and information in which we have rights. If we cannot maintain the
confidentiality of our technology and other confidential information in
connection with our collaborations, then our ability to receive patent
protection or protect our proprietary information will be imperiled.

                                       13
<PAGE>


If we are unable to contract with third parties to manufacture our products in
sufficient quantities and at an acceptable cost, we may be unable to meet
demand for our products and lose potential revenues.

  Completion of our clinical trials and commercialization of our product
candidates require access to, or development of, facilities to manufacture a
sufficient supply of our product candidates. We will depend on our
collaborators or third parties for the manufacture of compounds for
preclinical, clinical and commercial purposes in their FDA-approved
manufacturing facilities. Our products may be in competition with other
products for access to these facilities. Consequently, our products may be
subject to delays in manufacture if collaborators or outside contractors give
other products greater priority than our products. For this and other reasons,
our collaborators or third parties may not be able to manufacture these
products in a cost-effective or timely manner. If not performed in a timely
manner, the clinical trial development of our product candidates or their
submission for regulatory approval could be delayed, and our ability to deliver
products on a timely basis could be impaired or precluded. We may not be able
to enter into any necessary third-party manufacturing arrangements on
acceptable terms, if at all. Our current dependence upon others for the
manufacture of our products may adversely affect our future profit margin and
our ability to commercialize products on a timely and competitive basis. In
particular, our current supply of finished product of lometrexol is limited and
may not be sufficient for completion of all phases of clinical development. The
manufacture of lometrexol is complex, and it may be difficult to efficiently
manufacture or to secure an adequate supply of this compound in a timely manner
or on an economical basis. We do not intend to develop or acquire facilities
for the manufacture of product candidates for clinical trials or commercial
purposes in the foreseeable future.

If we are unable to create sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or
enter into agreements with third parties to perform these functions, we will
not be able to commercialize products.

  We currently have no sales, marketing or distribution capability. In order to
commercialize any products, we must internally develop sales, marketing and
distribution capabilities or make arrangements with a third party to perform
these services. We intend to market some products directly and rely on
relationships with one or more pharmaceutical companies with established
distribution systems and direct sales forces to market other products. To
market any of our products directly, we must develop a marketing and sales
force with technical expertise and with supporting distribution capabilities.
We may not be able to establish in-house sales and distribution capabilities or
relationships with third parties. To the extent that we enter into co-promotion
or other licensing arrangements, our product revenues are likely to be lower
than if we directly marketed and sold our products, and any revenues we receive
will depend upon the efforts of third parties, which efforts may not be
successful.

If we fail to obtain acceptable prices or an adequate level of reimbursement
for our products from third-party payors, our ability to generate revenues will
be diminished.

  The continuing efforts of government and third-party payors to contain or
reduce the costs of health care through various means will limit our commercial
opportunity. For example, in some foreign markets, pricing and profitability of
prescription pharmaceuticals are subject to government control. In the United
States, we expect that there will continue to be a number of federal and state
proposals to implement similar government control. In addition, increasing
emphasis on managed care in the United States will continue to put pressure on
the pricing of pharmaceutical products. Cost control initiatives could decrease
the price that any of our collaborators or we would receive for any products in
the future. Further, to the extent that cost control initiatives have an
adverse effect on our collaborators, our collaborators' ability to
commercialize our products, and our ability to realize royalties from this
commercialization, may be diminished.

  Our ability to commercialize pharmaceutical products, alone or with
collaborators, may depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement for the
products will be available from:

  . government and health administration authorities;
  . private health insurers; and
  . other third-party payors.

                                       14
<PAGE>

  Significant uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly
approved health care products. Third-party payors, including Medicare, are
challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. Government
and other third-party payors increasingly are attempting to contain health care
costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement for new drugs
and by refusing, in some cases, to provide coverage for uses of approved
products for disease indications for which the FDA has not granted labeling
approval. Third-party insurance coverage may not be available to patients for
any products we discover and develop, alone or with collaborators. If
government and other third-party payors do not provide adequate coverage and
reimbursement levels for our products, the market acceptance of these products
may be reduced.

If conflicts arise between our collaborators, advisors or directors and us,
they may act in their self-interest, which may be adverse to your best
interests.

  If conflicts arise between us and our corporate or academic collaborators or
scientific advisors, the other party may act in its self-interest and not in
the interest of our stockholders. Some of our corporate or academic
collaborators are conducting multiple product development efforts within each
disease area that is the subject of the collaboration with us. Generally, in
each of our collaborations, we have agreed not to conduct independently, or
with any third party, any research that is competitive with the research
conducted under our collaborations. Our collaborations may have the effect of
limiting the areas of research that we may pursue, either alone or with others.
Our collaborators, however, may develop, either alone or with others, products
in related fields that are competitive with the products or potential products
that are the subject of these collaborations. Competing products, either
developed by the collaborators or to which the collaborators have rights, may
result in their withdrawal of support for our product candidates.

  Genentech, Inc. is a potential competitor of ours and is also one of our
investors. David V. Goeddel, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our
Board of Directors, is a consultant to Genentech. Mark J. Levin, a member of
our Board of Directors, is Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and Grant Heidrich, a member of our Board of
Directors, also serves on the board of directors of Millennium. Millennium has
publicly disclosed that it is pursuing an obesity program that is competitive
with, and may have scientific overlap with, our program.

We may incur significant costs if Year 2000 compliance issues are not properly
addressed.

  We use and rely on a wide variety of information technologies, computer
systems and scientific equipment containing computer chips dedicated to a
specific task. Some of our older computer software programs and equipment are
unable to distinguish between the year 1900 and the year 2000. As a result,
time-sensitive functions of those software programs and equipment may
misinterpret dates after January 1, 2000 to refer to the twentieth century
rather than the twenty-first century. This could cause system or equipment
shutdowns, failures or miscalculations resulting in inaccuracies in computer
output or disruptions of operations, including inaccurate processing of
financial information and/or temporary inabilities to engage in normal business
activities. In addition to risks associated with our own computer systems and
equipment, we have relationships with, and are to varying degrees dependent
upon, a large number of third parties that provide information, goods and
services to us. These include financial institutions, suppliers, vendors,
research partners and governmental entities.

  We have largely completed our assessment of our internal systems affected by
the Year 2000 issue and anticipate that we will not be required to modify or
replace significant portions of our software so that our computer systems will
properly utilize dates past December 31, 1999. We have initiated communications
with our significant suppliers to determine the extent to which we are
vulnerable to those parties' failure to solve their own Year 2000 issues. At
this time, we cannot predict the level of year 2000 readiness with respect to
our significant suppliers. We intend to continue to monitor the progress of
these third parties and will develop contingency plans in the event we become
aware that one or more of these third parties fails to solve their Year 2000
issues in such a way as to affect our operations. If significant numbers of
these third parties

                                       15
<PAGE>

experience failures in their computer systems or equipment due to Year 2000
non-compliance, it could affect our ability to engage in normal business
activities.

  Year 2000 issues affecting our business, if not adequately addressed by us,
our significant suppliers and our significant service providers could have a
number of "worst case" consequences. These include the loss of historical data
and our inability to continue our research efforts.

If product liability lawsuits are successfully brought against us, we may incur
substantial liabilities and our ability to market our products may be harmed.

  The testing and marketing of medical products entail an inherent risk of
product liability. Our inability to obtain sufficient product liability
insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability
claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of pharmaceutical
products we develop, alone or with corporate collaborators. We currently carry
clinical trial insurance but do not carry product liability insurance. Our
corporate collaborators or we may not be able to obtain insurance at a
reasonable cost, if at all. While under various circumstances we are entitled
to be indemnified against losses by our corporate collaborators,
indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise. If we
cannot successfully defend ourselves against these claims, we may incur
substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our
products.

If we use biological and hazardous materials in a manner that causes injury or
violates laws, we may be liable for damages.

  Our research and development activities involve the controlled use of
potentially harmful biological materials as well as hazardous materials,
chemicals and various radioactive compounds. We cannot completely eliminate the
risk of accidental contamination or injury from the use, storage, handling or
disposal of these materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we could
be held liable for damages that result, and any liability could exceed our
resources. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations
governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and
specified waste products. The cost of compliance with these laws and
regulations could be significant.

RISKS RELATED TO THE OFFERINGS

If our officers, directors and largest stockholders choose to act together,
they may be able to control our management and operations, acting in their best
interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.

  Following completion of the offerings, our directors, executive officers and
principal stockholders and their affiliates will beneficially own approximately
42.7% of our common stock, based on their beneficial ownership as of September
30, 1999. Accordingly, they collectively will have the ability to determine the
election of all of our directors and to determine the outcome of most corporate
actions requiring stockholder approval. They may exercise this ability in a
manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other
stockholders.

  In particular, Pharma Vision 2000 AG, a closed-end mutual fund investing in
pharmaceutical companies such as Roche, Glaxo and Hoechst, currently owns
approximately 23.5% of our outstanding common stock. Pharma Vision has
expressed an interest in acquiring directly from us concurrently with the
public offerings additional shares of common stock that would allow it to
maintain its approximate percentage ownership. Peter Sjostrand, a member of our
Board of Directors, and David V. Goeddel, our Chief Executive Officer and a
member of our Board of Directors, are members of the board of directors of
Pharma Vision. Pharma Vision is not a party to any standstill or other
agreement limiting its ability to acquire additional shares of our capital
stock and may in the future, through open market purchases or otherwise,
acquire additional shares of our common stock.

                                       16
<PAGE>

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law may
make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more
difficult.

  Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for
a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders.
These provisions:

  . establish that members of the board of directors may be removed only for
    cause upon the affirmative vote of stockholders owning at least two-
    thirds of our capital stock;
  . authorize the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that could be
    issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding
    shares and thwart a takeover attempt;
  . limit who may call a special meeting of stockholders;
  . prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all
    stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders; and
  . establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the
    board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at
    stockholder meetings.

  In addition, until November 2000, Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a third party from acquiring
us.

Our stock price may be volatile, and your investment in our stock could decline
in value.

  Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock
and an active public market for our common stock may not develop or be
sustained after the offerings. The initial public offering price will be
determined by negotiations between the representatives of the underwriters and
us and may not be indicative of future market prices. Among the factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price of the common
stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be:

  . estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects;
  . an assessment of our management; and
  . the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuations
    of companies in related businesses.

  The market prices for securities of biotechnology companies in general have
been highly volatile and may continue to be highly volatile in the future. The
following factors, in addition to other risk factors described in this section,
may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock:

  . announcements of technological innovations or new commercial products by
    our competitors or us;
  . developments concerning proprietary rights, including patents;
  . developments concerning our collaborations;
  . publicity regarding actual or potential medical results relating to
    products under development by our competitors or us;
  . regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;
  . litigation;
  . economic and other external factors or other disaster or crisis; or
  . period-to-period fluctuations in financial results.

If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock after the
offerings, the market price of our common stock may fall.

  If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock, including
shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, the market
price of our common stock may fall. These sales also might make it more
difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a
time and price that we deem appropriate. After completion of the offerings, we
will have outstanding 41,521,375 shares of

                                       17
<PAGE>


common stock, including 1,468,750 shares sold to Pharma Vision in the direct
offering, and assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after
September 30, 1999 and no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment options.
Of these shares, the following will be available for sale in the public market
as follows:

  . unless held by affiliates, the 4,781,250 shares sold in the public
    offerings, the 1,468,750 shares sold to Pharma Vision in the direct
    offering and an additional 2,144,474 shares will be freely tradable upon
    completion of the offerings;
  . 424,249 shares will be eligible for sale beginning 90 days after the date
    of this prospectus;
  . 32,704,652 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of lock-
    up agreements, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and
  . 3,709,202 shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested
    options 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

  In addition, holders of 26,953,539 shares of common stock, including warrants
to purchase 1,015,091 shares, have contractual rights to have those shares
registered with the SEC for resale to the public. We intend to file a
registration statement on Form S-8 covering an aggregate of 6,371,768 shares
issuable upon exercise of options to purchase common stock and common stock
reserved for issuance under our stock plans within 90 days after the effective
date of the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part. Upon
filing, any shares subsequently issued under these plans will be eligible for
sale in the public market, subject to compliance with Rule 144 in the case of
our affiliates. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the
then prevailing market price of the common stock.

The offerings will cause dilution in net tangible book value.

  Purchasers in the public offerings and the direct offering will experience
immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common
stock from the initial public offering price. Additional dilution is likely to
occur upon exercise of options and warrants granted by us.

                                       18
<PAGE>

               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  Some statements contained in this prospectus are forward-looking statements
concerning our operations, economic performance and financial condition.
Forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, and within the meaning of Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are included, for example, in the
discussions about:

  . our strategy;
  . sufficiency of our cash resources;
  . revenues from existing and new collaborations;
  . product development;
  . our research and development and other expenses;
  . our operational and legal risks; and
  . Year 2000 issues.

  These statements involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ
materially from those expressed or implied in those statements. Factors that
could cause these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed
under "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

                                       19
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

  The net proceeds to us from the sale of the 4,781,250 shares of common stock
in the public offerings are estimated to be $52,359,000 ($60,363,000 if the
underwriters' over-allotment options are exercised in full), assuming an
initial public offering price of $12.00 per share and after deducting the
estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses. In addition, we will
receive $17,625,000 ($20,269,000 if the underwriters' over-allotment options
are exercised in full and Pharma Vision maintains its 23.5% ownership interest
in us) of additional proceeds if the direct offering to Pharma Vision is
consummated, assuming an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share. We
intend to use the net proceeds for research and development and general
corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or
invest in businesses, products and technologies that are complementary to our
own, although no acquisitions are planned or being negotiated as of the date of
this prospectus, and no portion of the net proceeds has been allocated for any
specific acquisition. Pending these uses, the net proceeds will be invested in
investment-grade interest-bearing securities.

  The principal purposes of the offerings are to increase our capitalization
and financial flexibility, to provide a public market for our common stock and
to facilitate access to public equity markets. As of the date of this
prospectus we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the
net proceeds we will have upon completion of the offerings. Accordingly, our
management will have broad discretion in the application of net proceeds.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

  We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We
currently intend to retain earnings, if any, to support the development of our
business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends for the foreseeable
future.

                                       20
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

  The following table sets forth our actual capitalization as of September 30,
1999. Our capitalization is also presented:

  . on a pro forma basis to give effect to the automatic conversion of all of
    our preferred stock into an aggregate of 26,953,539 shares of common
    stock, which will occur upon the closing of the offerings; and
  . on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect our receipt of the net
    proceeds from the sale of 4,781,250 shares of common stock in the public
    offerings and 1,468,750 shares of common stock to Pharma Vision in the
    direct offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per
    share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering
    expenses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   As of September 30, 1999
                                                --------------------------------
                                                                      Pro Forma
                                                 Actual   Pro Forma  As Adjusted
                                                --------  ---------  -----------
                                                 (in thousands, except share
                                                    and per share amounts)
<S>                                             <C>       <C>        <C>
Long-term obligations, less current portion.... $ 10,254  $ 10,254    $  10,254
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 33,000,000
   shares authorized, 26,953,539 shares issued
   and outstanding, actual, none issued
   pro forma and pro forma as adjusted.........       27        --           --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value; 55,000,000
   shares authorized; 8,317,836 shares issued
   and outstanding, actual; 35,271,375 shares
   issued and outstanding, pro forma; and
   41,521,375 shares issued and outstanding,
   pro forma as adjusted.......................        8        35           41
  Additional paid-in capital...................  182,356   182,356      252,334
  Notes receivable from stockholders...........     (647)     (647)        (647)
  Deferred compensation........................   (5,377)   (5,377)      (5,377)
  Accumulated deficit..........................  (80,811)  (80,811)     (80,811)
                                                --------  --------    ---------
    Total stockholders' equity.................   95,556    95,556      165,540
                                                --------  --------    ---------
      Total capitalization..................... $105,810  $105,810    $ 175,794
                                                ========  ========    =========
</TABLE>

  The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offerings is
based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 1999 and
excludes:

  . 5,955,965 shares of common stock underlying options outstanding as of
    September 30, 1999 at a weighted average exercise price of $2.23 per
    share;

  . 1,015,091 shares of common stock underlying warrants outstanding as of
    September 30, 1999 at a weighted average exercise price of $10.17 per
    share;

  . 436,112 shares available for issuance or future grant under our stock
    option plans; and
  . 500,000 shares available for issuance under our employee stock purchase
    plan.

  See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus.

                                       21
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

  The pro forma net tangible book value of the common stock as of September 30,
1999 was $95.6 million or $2.71 per share, after giving effect to the automatic
conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of
26,953,539 shares of common stock, which will occur upon the closing of the
offerings. After giving effect to the sale of the common stock in the public
offerings and the direct offering to Pharma Vision at an assumed initial public
offering price of $12.00 per share, assuming that the underwriters' over-
allotment options are not exercised, and after deducting the estimated
underwriting discount and offering expenses, the adjusted pro forma net
tangible book value at September 30, 1999, would have been $165.5 million, or
$3.99 per share.

  Pro forma net tangible book value per share before the offerings has been
determined by dividing pro forma net tangible book value (total tangible assets
less total liabilities) by the pro forma number of shares of common stock
outstanding at September 30, 1999. The offerings will result in an increase in
pro forma net tangible book value per share of $1.28 to existing stockholders
and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of $8.01 to new
investors who purchase shares in the public offerings and the direct offering.
Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per
share after the public offerings and the direct offering from the assumed
initial public offering price of $12.00 per share. The following table
illustrates this dilution:

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                             <C>   <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price.........................        $12.00
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share at September 30,
    1999.........................................................  $2.71
   Increase attributable to new investors........................   1.28
                                                                   -----
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the public
    offerings and the direct offering............................          3.99
                                                                         ------
   Dilution in net tangible book value to new investors..........        $ 8.01
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>

  If the underwriters' over-allotment options are exercised in full and Pharma
Vision maintains its 23.5% ownership in us, the pro forma net tangible book
value per share after the offerings would be $4.15 per share, the increase in
net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $1.44 per
share and the dilution in net tangible book value to new investors would be
$7.85 per share.

  The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of September 30,
1999, the differences between the total consideration paid and the average
price per share paid by the existing stockholders and the new investors with
respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us based on an
assumed public offering price of $12.00 per share:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Shares       Total Consideration   Average
                               ------------------ --------------------   Price
                                 Number   Percent    Amount    Percent Per Share
                               ---------- ------- ------------ ------- ---------
<S>                            <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>
New investors.................  6,250,000   15.1% $ 75,000,000   30.0%  $12.00
Existing stockholders......... 35,271,375   84.9   175,263,000   70.0     4.97
                               ----------  -----  ------------  -----
  Total....................... 41,521,375  100.0% $250,263,000  100.0%
                               ==========  =====  ============  =====
</TABLE>

  These tables do not assume exercise of stock options and warrants outstanding
at September 30, 1999 and include 515,432 shares subject to repurchase by us at
a weighted average price of $2.01.

  At September 30, 1999, there were 5,955,965 shares of common stock issuable
upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price
of $2.23 per share and 1,015,091 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise
of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $10.17 per
share.

                                       22
<PAGE>

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  This section presents our historical consolidated financial data. You should
read carefully the consolidated financial statements included in this
prospectus, including the notes to the consolidated financial statements and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations." The selected data in this section is not intended to replace the
consolidated financial statements.

  We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the nine months ended September 30,
1999 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997 and 1998
and September 30, 1999 from the audited consolidated financial statements
included in this prospectus. Ernst & Young LLP, our independent auditors,
audited these consolidated financial statements. The consolidated statement of
operations data for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 are
derived from our audited financial statements that are not included in this
prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements but have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited
financial statements and the notes thereto and include all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that we consider necessary
for a fair presentation of the information. Historical results are not
necessarily indicative of future results. See notes to the consolidated
financial statements for an explanation of the method used to determine the
number of shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted loss per share.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Nine Months
                                    Year Ended December 31,                    Ended September 30,
                          ------------------------------------------------  --------------------------
                            1994      1995      1996      1997      1998       1998          1999
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -----------  -------------
                                         (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>
Consolidated Statements
 of Operations Data:
Revenue:
 Collaborative research
  and development.......  $  5,618  $ 11,124  $ 15,297  $ 20,009  $ 21,362  $    13,664   $    17,856
Operating expenses:
 Research and
  development...........     9,934    13,473    18,622    26,546    33,264       24,149        31,855
 Acquired in-process
  research and
  development...........       --        --        --     18,902       --           --          3,000
 General and
  administrative........     2,219     2,507     3,630     4,020     5,002        3,650         3,903
 Amortization of
  deferred stock
  compensation..........       --        --        --        --         31          --          1,720
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   -----------
                            12,153    15,980    22,252    49,468    38,297       27,799        40,478
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   -----------
Loss from operations....    (6,535)   (4,856)   (6,955)  (29,459)  (16,935)     (14,135)      (22,622)
Interest income, net....       637     1,249     1,475     4,085     6,396        4,832         3,668
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   -----------
Net loss................  $ (5,898) $ (3,607) $ (5,480) $(25,374) $(10,539) $    (9,303)  $   (18,954)
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  ===========   ===========
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........  $  (2.27) $  (0.91) $  (1.09) $  (4.19) $  (1.55) $     (1.40)  $     (2.57)
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  ===========   ===========
Shares used in computing
 basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........     2,601     3,957     5,034     6,063     6,791        6,666         7,388
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  ===========   ===========
Pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share..................                                          $  (0.31)               $     (0.55)
                                                                  ========                ===========
Shares used in computing
 pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share..................                                            33,687                     34,314
                                                                  ========                ===========
<CAPTION>
                                          December 31,
                          ------------------------------------------------               September 30,
                            1994      1995      1996      1997      1998                     1999
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------               -------------
                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>
Consolidated Balance
 Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents
 and marketable
 securities.............  $ 22,338  $ 25,181  $ 77,078  $124,406  $119,324                 $  104,188
Working capital.........    15,236    15,193    69,394   116,527    94,535                     84,401
Total assets............    28,395    29,617    83,409   133,522   136,778                    131,026
Long-term obligations,
 less current portion...     2,477     1,712     2,128     3,456     4,734                     10,254
Deferred compensation...       --        --        --        --       (679)                    (5,377)
Accumulated deficit.....   (16,857)  (20,464)  (25,944)  (51,318)  (61,857)                   (80,811)
Total stockholders'
 equity.................    18,435    17,753    72,905   120,856   110,898                     95,556
</TABLE>

                                       23
<PAGE>

               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with the
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data," consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

  Since our founding in November 1991, we have been engaged in the discovery
and development of a broad range of novel, orally available drugs, most of
which act through gene regulation. Our research programs include cancer,
cytomegalovirus, diabetes, obesity, inflammation, immune disorders, high blood
cholesterol levels, known as hypercholesterolemia, and bacterial diseases and a
class of drug targets called orphan nuclear receptors. We have incurred net
losses since inception and expect to incur substantial and increasing losses
for at least the next several years as we expand our research and development
activities. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through the sale
of equity securities, non-equity payments from collaborators and interest
income. As of September 30, 1999, our accumulated deficit was approximately
$80.8 million. We received aggregate research funding under research and
development collaborations between 1995 and September 30, 1999 as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Nine Months
                                           Year Ended December 31,     Ended
                                           ----------------------- September 30,
                                           1995  1996  1997  1998      1999
                                           ----- ----- ----- ----- -------------
                                                       (in millions)
<S>                                        <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>
Research funding received................. $13.5 $12.5 $20.0 $29.8     $21.0
</TABLE>

  We expect our sources of revenue, if any, for the next several years to
consist primarily of payments under corporate collaborations and interest
income. The process of developing our products will require significant
additional research and development, preclinical testing and clinical trials,
as well as regulatory approval. These activities, together with our general and
administrative expenses, are expected to result in substantial operating losses
for the foreseeable future. We will not receive product revenue unless we or
our collaborative partners complete clinical trials, obtain regulatory approval
and successfully commercialize one or more of our products.

  In order to accelerate product commercialization and finance research
activities, we are currently engaged in collaborations with leading
pharmaceutical companies as summarized below:

Collaborator               Research Program            Commencement Date
Knoll                      Obesity                     November 1998
Japan Tobacco              Orphan Nuclear Receptors    September 1998
Roche Bioscience           Inflammation                July 1997
Japan Tobacco              Obesity/Diabetes            September 1996
Taisho                     Immune Disorders            April 1995
Sumitomo                   Hypercholesterolemia        January 1995


  Under the terms of the collaborations identified above, as of September 30,
1999, our partners had agreed to provide future research funding of up to
approximately $50.7 million over a five-year period as set forth in the table
below, including $33.5 million subject to possible cancellation, as well as
additional payments upon the achievement of specific research and development
milestones and royalties upon commercialization of any products. Research
funding that is payable in the future under existing collaborations was as
follows as of September 30, 1999:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Three Months  Year Ending December
                                           Ending             31,
                                        December 31, ----------------------
                                            1999     2000  2001  2002  2003
                                        ------------ ----- ----- ----- ----
                                                           (in millions)
<S>                                     <C>          <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>  <C>
Contractual future research funding....     $2.7     $18.0 $14.5 $12.0 $3.5
</TABLE>


                                       24
<PAGE>


  Previously, we also had collaborations with Yamanouchi relating to
inflammation (commenced in November 1993, ended in November 1996) and with
Merck relating to viral disease (commenced in December 1993, ended in March
1999). Our collaborations with Sumitomo and Taisho are scheduled to end in
accordance with their terms during 2000 and 2001, respectively. Furthermore,
Taisho has the right to terminate its agreement with us during 2000, prior to
the scheduled expiration of the agreement in 2001. We do not expect the
Sumitomo collaboration to be extended and cannot predict whether Taisho will
exercise its contractual right to terminate its agreement with us during 2000.
During 1999, we received an aggregate of $6.7 million from these agreements and
from our prior collaboration with Merck. We do not expect to receive any
funding from Sumitomo or Merck and may not receive any further funding from
Taisho during 2000. Accordingly, if we do not enter into new corporate
collaborations, collaborative research and development revenue and cash
received from collaborative partners will decline for the foreseeable future.

Acquisition

  On October 31, 1997, we acquired Amplicon Corp., a research organization
engaged principally in identifying and characterizing human genes involved in
particular cancers. In connection with the acquisition, we issued 1,620,004
shares of preferred stock and warrants to acquire an additional 245,456 shares
of preferred stock in exchange for all of Amplicon's outstanding capital stock.
In addition, all outstanding stock options to purchase Amplicon common stock
were replaced with options and warrants to purchase shares of our preferred
stock. The aggregate value of the consideration issued to the Amplicon
stockholders and option holders was $18.9 million. The acquisition was recorded
using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, we allocated the purchase
price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated
fair values as of the date of acquisition. The operating results of Amplicon
are included in our consolidated statements of operations data from the
effective date of the acquisition.

  At the date of the acquisition, Amplicon's sole activity was performing basic
research to identify genes that may result in the development of diagnostic and
therapeutic products for the treatment of cancer. Prior to the acquisition,
Amplicon had discovered over twenty novel genetic regions that are commonly
mutated in human cancers and was actively searching within these regions for
genes that play an important role in the development of cancer. Amplicon's
efforts to identify cancer genes relied heavily on a proprietary methodology,
known as Representational Difference Analysis, that is distinct from other
methods as a result of its ability to identify non-inherited genetic mutations.
The Representational Difference Analysis methodology is specifically applicable
to the discovery of cancer genes, acquired genetic mutations and pathogens and
does not have alternative future uses.

  From the date of the acquisition through September 30, 1999, we incurred $6.2
million (less than 9% of total research and development expenses during the
period) of expenses in connection with the effort to discover cancer genes at
Amplicon. We have no plans to significantly change our rate of investment in
the cancer gene discovery project for the foreseeable future. To date, no
products have been developed from this project, technological feasibility has
not been proven and no corporate collaborations have been consummated based on
the research at Amplicon. Accordingly, the future benefits of the ongoing
research remain uncertain. Due to the absence of tangible products from the
research and the uncertainties of the discovery process, we are not able to
precisely predict the time and resources that will be necessary to develop and
obtain regulatory approval for any product that may be discovered using the
acquired methodology.

  In order to determine the value of the cancer gene discovery project and the
related methodology at the time of the acquisition, we considered a wide range
of estimates of the time and resources necessary to identify, characterize,
develop and obtain regulatory approval for potential cancer diagnostics and
therapeutics and the related market size and potential cash flows from
developed products. We also considered the risks associated with the
development process, including the inherent difficulties and uncertainties in
successfully developing diagnostic and therapeutic products, thereby achieving
technological feasibility, and the risk related to changes in target markets.
Using this approach, we concluded that the estimated fair value of the acquired

                                       25
<PAGE>


in-process research and development was $21.4 million at the date of
acquisition. Accordingly, the excess of the purchase price over the value of
tangible net assets acquired of $18.9 million was expensed as acquired in-
process research and development. We believe this amount did not exceed the
amount a third party would have paid for the project.

License Agreement

  On September 24, 1999, we executed a license agreement with Eli Lilly under
which we obtained an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license to make, use
and sell pharmaceutical products containing a compound known as lometrexol. In
connection with this agreement, we paid Eli Lilly an initial license fee and
agreed to pay specified milestones and royalties upon successful
commercialization of lometrexol. Under the agreement, Eli Lilly granted us a
license to its proprietary technology relating to lometrexol, and also a
sublicense under an exclusive license granted to Eli Lilly by Princeton
University relating to lometrexol. Eli Lilly has specified obligations under
the agreement to maintain the license from Princeton. Eli Lilly has the right
to match the material terms of any offer made by a third party to Tularik for
commercialization rights relating to lometrexol products. We may terminate the
agreement with Eli Lilly upon written notice. Eli Lilly may terminate our
license in specified major countries if we fail to use reasonable diligence to
develop lometrexol products in these countries and may terminate the agreement
if we fail to use appropriate diligence to develop lometrexol products in a
predetermined number of major countries. If Eli Lilly terminates the agreement,
Eli Lilly obtains a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing, worldwide license to our
technical improvements to lometrexol.

  At the date of the license agreement, lometrexol had completed the first of
three phases of clinical trials required to seek regulatory approval from the
FDA. No trials had been commenced that could have demonstrated, with
statistical significance, the effectiveness of lometrexol as a treatment for
any type of cancer. These trials, necessary to establish the technological
feasibility of lometrexol, will not be completed for at least several years. In
addition, lometrexol has no known alternative future uses. Accordingly, the
initial license payment was allocated to acquired in-process research and
development and expensed at the time of the agreement.

Stock Compensation

  During the year ended December 31, 1998 and the nine months ended September
30, 1999, in connection with the grant of stock options to employees, we
recorded deferred stock compensation totaling $7.1 million, representing the
difference between the deemed fair value of our common stock for financial
reporting purposes on the date these options were granted and the exercise
price. This amount is included as a reduction of stockholders' equity and is
being amortized over the vesting period of the individual options, generally
four years, using the graded vesting method. The graded vesting method provides
for vesting of portions of the overall award at interim dates and results in
higher vesting in earlier years than straight-line vesting. We recorded
amortization of deferred stock compensation of $31,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30,
1999. At September 30, 1999, we had a total of $5.4 million remaining to be
amortized over the vesting periods of the stock options. We anticipate that
additional deferred compensation will be recorded for options granted after
September 30, 1999. You should read Note 2 of notes to consolidated financial
statements.

Results of Operations

 Nine Months Ended September 30, 1999 and 1998

  Collaborative research and development revenue. Collaborative research and
development revenue was $17.9 million for the nine months ended September 30,
1999, compared with $13.7 million during the nine months ended September 30,
1998. The increase in 1999 was principally attributable to revenue from new
corporate collaboration agreements signed in the second half of 1998. These
included agreements with Japan

                                       26
<PAGE>


Tobacco in the area of orphan nuclear receptors and with Knoll in obesity. The
effect of these new agreements was partially offset by lower revenue from the
collaboration with Merck, which ended in March 1999. We expect collaborative
research and development revenue to decline for the foreseeable future as
existing collaborations expire at the end of their terms. We believe that our
Sumitomo collaboration will expire and not be renewed at the end of its five-
year term in January 2000. Additionally, Taisho has the ability to terminate
our collaboration with them in March 2000. Until recently, our corporate
collaboration strategy focused on funding research in gene regulation. Over the
past two years, as this research has led to product candidates, our corporate
collaboration strategy has evolved. In addition to seeking corporate
collaborations for our research-stage programs, we also seek to enter into
collaborations for the development of compounds discovered through our research
and development efforts. The timing of these collaborations may be linked to
clinical results of our product candidates.

  Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses were
$31.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999, compared with $24.1
million during the nine months ended September 30, 1998. This increase was
primarily attributable to increases in employee costs, clinical and preclinical
costs and higher occupancy costs associated with a second building at our South
San Francisco, California facility, which we occupied in January 1999. We
expect research and development expenses to increase significantly in future
periods, particularly as new and existing product candidates advance into later
stages of development. Additionally, we expect that corporate collaborations
will fund a smaller percentage of our research and development expenses than
historically.

  Acquired in-process research and development was written off during the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 in connection with the license agreement we
executed with Eli Lilly, which was effective September 24, 1999. You should
read Note 7 of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

  General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses were
$3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999, compared with $3.7
million during the nine months ended September 30, 1998. This increase was
primarily attributable to higher employee and occupancy costs. We expect that
general and administrative expenses will increase in the future to support
continued growth of our research and development efforts and to accommodate new
demands associated with operating as a public company.

  Amortization of deferred compensation. Amortization of deferred stock
compensation was $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999.
There was no amortization of deferred stock compensation for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998. We recorded aggregate deferred stock compensation of
$7.1 million in the period from October 1, 1998 through September 30, 1999 for
options awarded to employees with exercise prices below the deemed fair value
for financial reporting purposes of our common stock on their respective grant
dates.

  Interest income, net. Net interest income was $3.7 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999, compared with $4.8 million during the
corresponding period in 1998. The decrease in net interest income resulted from
lower average interest-bearing balances and higher debt balances during the
1999 period.

 Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996

  Collaborative research and development revenue. Collaborative research and
development revenue was $21.4 million in 1998, compared with $20.0 million in
1997 and $15.3 million in 1996. The increase in 1998 was principally
attributable to revenue from new collaboration agreements signed in 1998 with
Japan Tobacco in the area of orphan nuclear receptors and Knoll in obesity. The
increase in 1997 compared with 1996 was primarily due to a new collaboration
with Roche Bioscience to provide funding for our inflammation program after the
termination by Yamanouchi and the first full year of our collaboration with
Japan Tobacco in obesity/diabetes. These factors were partially offset by the
termination by Yamanouchi in November 1996 of its collaboration with us in the
inflammation area, which had accounted for $4.7 million of collaborative
research and development revenue during 1996.

                                       27
<PAGE>

  Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses were
$33.3 million in 1998, compared with $26.5 million in 1997 and $18.6 million in
1996. The increase in 1998 was primarily attributable to increases in employee
costs and clinical and preclinical development expenses as we added a research
program in the area of orphan nuclear receptors, acquired Amplicon and
increased the level of resources committed to existing research efforts.
Employee costs and development expenses also contributed to the increase in
research and development expenses in 1997 as compared with 1996. In addition,
1997 was our first full year in a new facility in South San Francisco,
California, which we occupied in April 1996 to accommodate our growth. This new
facility led to higher occupancy costs in 1997 than we incurred in 1996.

  Acquired in-process research and development of $18.9 million was written-off
during 1997 in connection with our acquisition of Amplicon, which was effective
October 31, 1997. You should read Note 6 of the notes to consolidated financial
statements.

  General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses were
$5.0 million, $4.0 million and $3.6 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. These increases reflected higher employee costs associated with
growth of most functional areas in support of our expanding research and
development activities. During this three-year period, general and
administrative expenses increased an aggregate 39% compared with 79% growth in
research and development expenses.

  Amortization of deferred stock compensation. Amortization of deferred stock
compensation was $31,000 in 1998. There was no amortization of deferred stock
compensation in 1997 and 1996. In 1998, we recorded deferred stock compensation
of approximately $710,000 for options awarded to employees with exercise prices
below the deemed fair value for financial reporting purposes of our common
stock on their respective grant dates.

  Interest income, net. Net interest income was $6.4 million, $4.1 million and
$1.5 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. These increases were due
primarily to sequentially higher interest-bearing balances as a result of
preferred stock financings in 1997 and 1996.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

  Since inception, our primary sources of funds have been the sale of equity
securities, non-equity payments from collaborators and interest income. As of
September 30, 1999, we had raised $161.1 million from the sale of equity
securities, including $13.0 million from collaborators, and received $108.3
million in non-equity payments from collaborators. Aggregate interest income
earned since our inception was $21.5 million through September 30, 1999.


  We had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $104.2 million at
September 30, 1999, a decrease of $15.1 million from December 31, 1998. Cash
used in operations during the nine months ended September 30, 1999 was $11.6
million. Cash used to purchase a restricted investment in connection with a
secured financing arrangement was $4.0 million. Cash used for purchases of
equipment and leasehold improvements totaled $8.5 million during the nine
months ended September 30, 1999. Cash received from equipment financing during
the nine months ended September 30, 1999 was $10.1 million. The annual interest
rates of these financings ranged from 9.0% to 12.0% and the financing
arrangements have terms of approximately 4 years each. As of September 30,
1999,we had $2.9 million available under equipment financing arrangements,
which we expect to utilize in 2000. Repayments of long-term obligations totaled
$2.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 1999. Cash received
from stock option exercises during the nine months ended September 30, 1999 was
$1.4 million. We expect operating spending to increase in the future as we
expand operations to support the development of new and existing product
candidates while capital spending is expected to decrease moderately from 1999
levels now that leasehold improvements in our second building have been
completed.

  During the three year period ended December 31, 1998, cash used in operating
and investing activities was $10.5 million and $70.7 million, respectively.
Uses of cash in operating activities were primarily to fund net

                                       28
<PAGE>

losses, excluding noncash charges. Uses of cash in investing activities
included $58.9 million used for net purchases of available-for-sale securities,
$9.2 million for capital expenditures, $2.0 million in purchases of long-term
investments and $500,000 related to the acquisition of Amplicon. Financing
activities provided cash of $116.5 million during the three year period ended
December 31, 1998. This amount represented primarily proceeds from the sale of
equity securities.

  Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will
be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that
involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of
a number of factors. We believe that our existing cash and investment
securities and anticipated cash flow from existing collaborations together with
the net proceeds of the public offerings and the direct offering to Pharma
Vision will be sufficient to support our current operating plan through at
least the end of 2001. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may
prove to be wrong. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors,
including:

  . the progress of our research activities;
  . the number and scope of our research programs;
  . the progress of our preclinical and clinical development activities;
  . the progress of the development efforts of our collaborators;
  . our ability to establish and maintain current and new collaboration and
    licensing arrangements;
  . our ability to achieve our milestones and receive funding under
    collaboration arrangements;
  . the costs involved in enforcing patent claims and other intellectual
    property rights;
  . the costs and timing of regulatory approvals; and
  . the costs of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities.

  Future capital requirements will also depend on the extent to which we
acquire or invest in businesses, products and technologies. Until we can
generate sufficient levels of cash from our operations, which we do not expect
to achieve for at least several years, we expect to finance future cash needs
through the sale of equity securities, strategic collaborations and debt
financing as well as interest income earned on cash balances. We cannot assure
you that additional financing or collaboration and licensing arrangements will
be available when needed or that, if available, this financing will be obtained
on terms favorable to us or our stockholders. Insufficient funds may require us
to delay, scale back or eliminate some or all of our research or development
programs, to lose rights under existing licenses or to relinquish greater or
all rights to product candidates at an earlier stage of development or on less
favorable terms than we would otherwise choose or may adversely affect our
ability to operate as a going concern. If additional funds are raised by
issuing equity securities, substantial dilution to existing stockholders may
result.

  Our cash and investments policy emphasizes liquidity and preservation of
principal over other portfolio considerations. We select investments that
maximize interest income to the extent possible given these two constraints. We
satisfy liquidity requirements by investing excess cash in securities with
different maturities to match projected cash needs and limit concentration of
credit risk by diversifying our investments among a variety of high credit-
quality issuers.

  As of September 30, 1999, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $54.2 million to offset future taxable income. We also had
federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $3.9
million. If not utilized, net operating loss and credit carryforwards will
begin to expire in 2007. Utilization of the net operating losses and credits
may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change
limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The annual
limitation may result in the expiration of our net operating losses and credits
before they can be used. You should read Note 13 of notes to consolidated
financial statements.

Year 2000 Compliance

  We use and rely on a wide variety of information technologies, computer
systems and scientific equipment containing computer chips dedicated to a
specific task. Some of our older computer software programs and

                                       29
<PAGE>

equipment are unable to distinguish between the year 1900 and the year 2000. As
a result, time-sensitive functions of those software programs and equipment may
misinterpret dates after January 1, 2000 to refer to the twentieth century
rather than the twenty-first century. This could cause system or equipment
shutdowns, failures or miscalculations resulting in inaccuracies in computer
output or disruptions of operations, including inaccurate processing of
financial information and/or temporary inabilities to engage in normal business
activities. In addition to risks associated with our own computer systems and
equipment, we have relationships with, and are to varying degrees dependent
upon, a large number of third parties that provide information, goods and
services to us. These include financial institutions, suppliers, vendors,
research partners and governmental entities.

  We have largely completed our assessment of our internal systems affected by
the Year 2000 issue and anticipate that we will not be required to modify or
replace significant portions of our software so that our computer systems will
properly utilize dates past December 31, 1999. We have initiated communications
with our significant suppliers to determine the extent to which we are
vulnerable to those parties' failure to solve their own Year 2000 issues. At
this time, we cannot predict the level of Year 2000 readiness with respect to
our significant suppliers. We intend to continue to monitor the progress of
these third parties.  We have developed contingency plans to address potential
third party Year 2000 problems. These contingency plans include the procurement
of additional back-up power for our facilities in case of power outages,
selection of alternative suppliers for particular supplies if these supplies
become unavailable, and alternative methods of payment to suppliers and
employees if our payment systems become temporarily inoperable. If significant
numbers of these third parties experience failures in their computer systems or
equipment due to Year 2000 non-compliance, it could affect our ability to
engage in normal business activities. We have incurred $75,000 of expenses to
date to address various Year 2000 issues.

  If we, our customers, our providers of hardware and software, or our third-
party computer network providers fail to remedy any Year 2000 issues, the
reasonably likely worst case scenario would be the loss of historical data and
interruption of our research programs, which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations by
causing a significant number of operational inconveniences and inefficiences
that may divert our time and attention and financial and human resources from
our ordinary research and business activities. Presently we are unable to
quantitatively estimate the duration and extent of any interruption, or
estimate the effect these interruptions may have on our future revenue.

Disclosure About Market Risk

  Our exposure to market risk is principally confined to our cash equivalents
and investments that have maturities of less than two years. We maintain a non-
trading investment portfolio of investment grade, liquid debt securities that
limits the amount of credit exposure to any one issue, issuer or type of
instrument. The securities in our investment portfolio are not leveraged, are
classified as available for sale and are therefore subject to interest rate
risk. We currently do not hedge interest rate exposure. If market interest
rates were to increase by 100 basis points, or 1%, from September 30, 1999
levels, the fair value of our portfolio would decline by approximately
$356,000. The modeling technique used measures the change in fair values
arising from an immediate hypothetical shift in market interest rates and
assumes ending fair values include principal plus accrued interest.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

Overview

  Tularik engages in the discovery and development of a broad range of novel
and superior orally available drugs based on gene regulation. Building on our
scientific strengths, we intend to become a world-class pharmaceutical company.
Our research programs, all of which address large commercial markets, include
cancer, cytomegalovirus, diabetes, obesity, inflammation, immune disorders,
high blood cholesterol levels, known as hypercholesterolemia, bacterial
diseases and a class of drug targets called orphan nuclear receptors because
their exact function is unknown and they are located within the nucleus of the
cell. We have diversified our drug discovery and development efforts not only
across a large number of diseases, but also across multiple promising targets
and drug candidates for these diseases. We have identified 14 drug leads in our
programs and are developing products that include:

  . one cancer drug candidate that has completed human testing designed to
    determine safety, known as phase 1 clinical trials;

  . one cancer drug candidate that is undergoing phase 1 clinical trials;

  . one cancer drug candidate for which an Investigational New Drug
    application has been approved by the FDA; and

  . one cytomegalovirus drug candidate undergoing preclinical testing
    consisting of animal studies designed to determine the feasibility of
    human testing.

Background

  Small Molecule Drugs. Because small molecule drugs are generally administered
orally, they remain the preferred treatment for most diseases, and are
particularly appropriate for the treatment of chronic diseases requiring the
daily administration of medications over many years. Historically, the
opportunity to commercialize small molecule drugs has been limited by the
difficulty inherent in discovering safe and effective small molecule
therapeutics.

  Molecular Biology Revolution. Groundbreaking advances in molecular biology in
the late 1970s expanded the range of drug treatment options beyond small
molecule drugs. Early biotechnology companies, such as Amgen and Genentech,
capitalized on these scientific advances by utilizing the coding elements of
genes to produce protein therapeutics. Unlike many small molecule drugs,
protein therapeutics must be given by injection. Dr. David V. Goeddel, our
Chief Executive Officer, was instrumental in the discovery and
commercialization of numerous therapeutic proteins at Genentech, including
human insulin, growth hormone and tissue plasminogen activator. These advances
in molecular biology led to other protein, DNA and gene related approaches.
More recently, chemistry-based drug development disciplines have been directed
toward finding small molecule drugs that interact with specific molecular
targets to achieve a desired therapeutic effect.

  Gene Expression. The human body is composed of specialized cells that perform
different functions and are organized into tissues and organs. All cells in the
human body contain the same set of approximately 100,000 genes, referred to as
the human genome. Approximately 10% of the total number of genes are activated,
or expressed, in an individual human cell, and different subsets of genes are
activated in distinct cell types. Most genes direct the production of specific
proteins through a two-step decoding process, resulting in the production of
approximately 10,000 different proteins in a typical cell. Proteins, such as
hormones, enzymes and receptors, carry out critical biological functions. Gene
activation is known as gene expression, and the selective activation of
different subsets of genes in distinct cell types is referred to as
differential gene expression. All functions of cells, tissues and organs are
controlled by differential gene expression. As an example, cells in the
pancreas known as beta cells make large amounts of the insulin protein, which
is secreted and which circulates throughout the body, regulating glucose
metabolism. The exclusive production of insulin by these cells reflects the
fact that its encoding gene, the insulin gene, is expressed only in these
specialized cells. In all other cells of the body, the insulin gene is not
expressed. Differential gene expression results in the carefully controlled, or
regulated, production of functional proteins, such as insulin.


                                       31
<PAGE>

  Regulation of Gene Expression. Central to the process of differential gene
expression are the regulatory elements of genes that are responsible for
determining when and where in the body a gene is expressed, or switched on. The
regulatory elements of genes operate by interacting with a specialized category
of proteins called transcription factors, which are responsible for turning the
genes on and off. In addition, the activities of transcription factors are
themselves controlled by a network of gene regulation pathways composed of
proteins. Transcription factors and the other proteins in this network of gene
regulation pathways represent potential targets for therapeutic intervention,
or drug discovery targets, because of their potential to switch genes on and
off. These protein targets reside inside the cell.

  The Role of Gene Regulation in Disease. When one or more steps in a normal
cellular pathway is upset or blocked, disrupting the normal balance or function
of essential proteins, disease may occur. This disruption can occur because of
an intrinsic defect, a harmful environmental stimulus or a combination of both.
Intrinsic defects arise from mutations in particular genes, which can either
affect the level of gene expression or alter the protein that is produced.
Inappropriate gene regulation, resulting in overexpression or underexpression
of a protein or group of proteins, plays an important role in numerous
diseases, including cardiovascular disease, inflammation and immune disorders
and metabolic diseases such as obesity and diabetes. Furthermore, infectious
agents, such as bacteria and viruses, rely on gene regulation to survive and
proliferate in the human body.

  The Regulation of Genes with Small Molecule Drugs. Commencing in the 1970s, a
pioneering group of academic scientists, including Drs. Steven L. McKnight and
Robert Tjian, two of our founders, directed their research towards
understanding the regulatory elements of genes in order to clarify the
mechanisms responsible for turning genes on and off. The results of this
research suggested an approach to discovering novel drugs that target these
gene regulatory mechanisms that are within the cell, or intracellular. Protein
therapeutics are inappropriate for these targets because they are not small
molecules and therefore cannot penetrate the cell. By contrast, small molecules
are ideally suited for stimulating or inhibiting the function of intracellular
targets.

Tularik Advantage

  We are a pioneer in the application of gene regulation biology to drug
discovery. Our drug discovery platform is directed toward the discovery of gene
regulating pathways and orally available drugs that act on these pathways. We
believe that our understanding of gene regulation, the strength of our
scientific and management team and the efficiencies captured through our
integrated drug discovery and development platform place us in a leading
position to discover, develop and commercialize novel, orally available drugs.

  Advantages of Gene Regulation Approach. Approaches to drug discovery that
seek drug targets through the random sequencing of portions of the human genome
generally do not lead to an understanding of the relevance of discovered genes
as drug targets. Similarly, the identification of genes or proteins without an
understanding of the pathways by which they operate may not permit
identification of the optimal point of pharmaceutical intervention. In
contrast, our approach based on gene regulation permits the identification of
multiple targets within a pathway or subpathway that regulates genes and
increases the likelihood that we will be able to identify the optimal target
for effective therapeutic intervention. The potential to regulate the part of
the pathway that causes a specific disease without impacting other parts of the
same pathway that perform other functions may allow us to develop drugs that
have fewer side effects than less specific drugs. Many intracellular targets
associated with gene regulation pathways are well suited for small molecule,
orally available drugs. In addition, we believe that understanding the
mechanism of action of drug candidates that act by gene regulation may allow us
to select clinical indications and design clinical trials that have more
predictable results than has typically been the case. Finally, gene regulation
is fundamental to the development or progression of most diseases and,
therefore, may have broad applicability.

  Integrated Drug Discovery and Development Platform. We have developed a drug
discovery and development infrastructure that we believe positions us to become
a leading pharmaceutical company. Our drug discovery and development expertise
includes molecular biology, biochemistry, structural biology, chemistry,

                                       32
<PAGE>


pharmacology and human testing. Our management team has extensive drug
discovery and development experience with large pharmaceutical companies. To
complement our internal capabilities, we collaborate with world-renowned
scientists and clinicians and with leading pharmaceutical companies. We believe
that our integration of biology, chemistry and pharmacology enhances our
ability to find novel gene regulating drugs and that our drug discovery and
development efforts are highly efficient and productive. To date, we have:

  . identified numerous novel proteins that regulate the expression of
    disease-causing genes;

  . established more than 80 automated drug testing systems, known as high
    throughput screening assays, that mimic the diseases addressed by our
    programs;

  . conducted more than 15 million drug screens using a library of more than
    500,000 distinct compounds and natural products;

  . identified 14 drug leads, seven of which are being optimized by chemists;

  . identified one cytomegalovirus drug candidate that is undergoing
    preclinical testing;

  . identified one cancer drug candidate for which an Investigational New
    Drug application has been approved by the FDA;

  . identified one cancer drug candidate that is undergoing phase 1 clinical
    trials; and

  . obtained a license for a cancer drug candidate that has completed phase 1
    clinical trials and that we expect to enter human testing designed to
    determine efficacy, known as phase 2 clinical trials, during 2000.

  Clinical Candidates. We have commenced, or are preparing for, human testing
of three cancer drug candidates: lometrexol, T138067, which we refer to as T67,
and T900607, which we refer to as T607. Our most advanced drug candidate, which
we recently licensed from Eli Lilly, is called lometrexol. The utility of
cancer drugs like lometrexol has been proven by methotrexate, a drug that has
been used extensively in the treatment of several tumor types. We expect to
commence phase 2 clinical trials of lometrexol in 2000. T67 acts on the same
protein targeted by the cancer drugs Taxol and vincristine. In contrast to
these drugs, T67 retains its activity against tumor cells that are multiple
drug resistant and is able to enter the brain. We have enrolled 29 patients in
phase 1 trials of T67 to date. Pending successful completion of these trials,
we will initiate phase 2 clinical trials of T67 in several tumor types,
including brain tumors. T607 is an analog of T67, has the same target and is
similarly active against multiple drug resistant tumors. Animal studies
indicate that T607 is distinct from T67 because T607 has a reduced ability to
enter the brain, which may make it suitable for the treatment of different
tumor types than T67. We recently received approval of an Investigational New
Drug application for T607.

  Attractive Commercial Opportunities. Our programs address cancer,
cytomegalovirus, diabetes, obesity, inflammation, immune disorders, high blood
cholesterol levels, known as hypercholesterolemia, bacterial diseases and a
class of drug targets called orphan nuclear receptors because their exact
function is unknown and they are located within the nucleus of the cell. These
programs offer potential opportunities to develop drugs for many therapeutic
indications. The significant unmet medical and quality-of-life needs for these
diseases represent large commercial markets. We intend to commercialize drugs
independently and through collaborations with pharmaceutical partners, and to
date we have retained significant rights to independently market products
resulting from most of our programs. The breadth of our current activities and
the potential for the application of our platform to additional diseases
reduces the risks associated with drug discovery, development and
commercialization.

Our Strategy

  Our objective is to build a world-class pharmaceutical company that
discovers, develops and commercializes novel and superior drugs that act by
gene regulation. The key elements of our scientific and business strategy to
achieve our objective are:

  Emphasize scientific excellence across our multidisciplinary drug discovery
and development platform. We intend to build on the excellence in biology
embodied in our target discovery, assay development and screening capabilities
by continuing to integrate high quality efforts in structural biology,

                                       33
<PAGE>

chemistry, pharmacology and preclinical and clinical development. We plan to
add management and technical expertise at each stage of our growth. Important
components of our strategy include entering into collaborations with leading
academic scientists and pharmaceutical companies and internally developing and
in-licensing state-of-the-art technologies as needed.

  Focus on diseases representing large market opportunities with significant
unmet medical needs. Our drug discovery efforts generally target diseases that
represent large commercial opportunities and that are underserved by available
therapeutic alternatives. Shortcomings of currently available treatments may
include limited efficacy, side effects or method of delivery. In particular, we
believe that orally available drugs that treat disease with a high degree of
specificity without these shortcomings will have strong commercial potential.

  Develop orally available small molecule drugs. Our drug discovery and
development efforts focus on orally available small molecule drugs. The major
advantage of small molecule therapeutics is the potential for oral
administration. In addition, these drugs can be manufactured by conventional
methods, resulting in lower manufacturing costs and higher margins than for
other types of drugs, such as protein therapeutics.

  Increase likelihood of commercial success through diversification. To reduce
the risks inherent in drug discovery and development and our reliance on any
one of our programs, we have diversified our drug discovery and development
efforts by pursuing a large number of diseases and multiple promising targets
and drug candidates for these diseases. Where appropriate, we intend to pursue
product candidates that act through mechanisms of action other than gene
regulation.

  Sustain a pipeline of drug candidates and accelerate drug development. We
expect our productive and efficient drug discovery and development platform,
coupled with the breadth of our programs, to consistently yield a large number
of drug candidates. We subject each product candidate to rigorous preclinical
scrutiny and determine its mechanism of action before we enter clinical trials.
This enables us to obtain the best drug candidate for each indication and to
focus financial resources only on drug candidates that we believe are the most
likely to become drugs. We may be able to accelerate approval and
commercialization by developing a detailed understanding of our products'
characteristics, which may enable us to select optimal clinical indications and
design the most appropriate clinical trials. We intend to augment our internal
discovery and development efforts by obtaining licenses to promising clinical
candidates.

  Commercialize pharmaceuticals in selected markets. We intend to build a
world-class pharmaceutical company with the objective of bringing to market
novel and superior drugs that are proprietary to us. In North America, we
intend to develop a focused sales force to market products to specialty
physicians. We intend to seek corporate collaborations or joint ventures for
drugs prescribed by general practice physicians or a large number of
specialists. In addition, we also intend to continue to selectively collaborate
with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to accelerate product
commercialization in Asia and possibly Europe. Currently, five corporate
partners fund significant portions of six of our programs. We have retained
worldwide commercialization rights to our cancer, bacterial diseases and
cytomegalovirus programs and North American commercialization rights in four of
our externally funded programs.

                                       34
<PAGE>

Product Development

  Our drug discovery and development system is broadly applicable to a wide
range of diseases. We have applied this system to diseases that represent large
medical markets with significant patient populations that are underserved by
current therapeutic products. Our pipeline includes two cancer drug candidates
in clinical testing, one cancer drug candidate for which an Investigational New
Drug application has been approved, one preclinical cytomegalovirus drug
candidate and 14 drug leads in our other programs. The following table
summarizes key information in our nine programs:
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
          Program                 Status (1)              Key Achievements
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <C>                      <C>                      <S>
  Cancer
     Lometrexol            Preparing for phase 2    Licensed from Eli Lilly an
                           clinical trials          antifolate drug candidate
                                                    with phase 1 clinical
                                                    responses in a range of
                                                    human tumors.
     T67                   Phase 1 clinical trials  Discovered an agent that
                                                    binds to tubulin and
                                                    inhibits growth of multiple
                                                    drug resistant tumors in
                                                    animals.
     T607                  Investigational New Drug Generated second-generation
                           application approved     analog of T67 that may have
                                                    advantages for treating
                                                    particular types of tumors.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Cytomegalovirus          Preclinical Development  Discovered compounds that
                                                    are orally active in animal
                                                    models of human
                                                    cytomegalovirus infection
                                                    and plan to file an
                                                    Investigational New Drug
                                                    application in 2000.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Diabetes                 Lead Optimization        Identified compounds with
                                                    activity in animal models
                                                    predictive of anti-diabetic
                                                    efficacy.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Obesity                  Lead Optimization        Discovered a series of
                                                    compounds that increase the
                                                    level of circulating
                                                    leptin.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Inflammation             Lead Optimization        Elucidated key gene
                                                    regulation pathways and
                                                    discovered numerous
                                                    proteins involved in
                                                    inflammatory gene
                                                    regulation by interleukin-1
                                                    and tumor necrosis factor.
                                                    Identified a lead compound
                                                    that inhibits expression of
                                                    inflammatory response genes
                                                    in animal models.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Immune Disorders         Lead Optimization        Discovered and validated
                                                    human transcription factors
                                                    STAT6 and STAT4 as targets
                                                    for allergy/asthma and
                                                    autoimmune diseases,
                                                    respectively. Identified a
                                                    series of compounds that
                                                    inhibit STAT6.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Hypercholesterolemia     Lead Optimization        Identified lead compounds
                                                    that lower cholesterol in
                                                    animals. Discovered
                                                    regulatory pathways
                                                    involved in cholesterol
                                                    metabolism.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Bacterial Diseases       Lead Optimization        Identified a series of
                                                    compounds that demonstrate
                                                    gram-positive antibacterial
                                                    activity and confirmed
                                                    protein target using
                                                    genetic techniques.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Orphan Nuclear Receptors Lead Optimization        Discovered two nuclear
                                                    receptors. Developed novel
                                                    biochemical screening
                                                    technology to identify
                                                    nuclear receptor
                                                    modulators. Identified lead
                                                    series and initiated
                                                    chemistry.
</TABLE>

- --------
(1) "Lead Optimization"
                     Ongoing chemistry effort to improve potency, toxicity,
                     specificity and/or other properties of drug leads.
                     Evaluation of drug leads in relevant models.

"Preclinical Development"

                     Pharmacology and toxicology testing in preclinical models
                     to gather data necessary to comply with applicable
                     regulatory protocols prior to submission of an
                     Investigational New Drug application to the FDA.

                                       35
<PAGE>

 Cancer

  Cancer is a group of diseases characterized by uncontrolled growth and
proliferation of abnormal cells. This growth ultimately invades vital organs
and often results in death. The worldwide market for branded cancer drugs
totaled approximately $7.8 billion in 1998 and is projected to grow at an 8.5%
compound annual growth rate. Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the
United States, exceeded only by cardiovascular disease. In 1999, it is
estimated that 1.22 million people will be diagnosed with cancer, and more than
550,000 patients will die of cancer. The five-year survival rates for patients
with metastatic cancers, or cancers that have spread from the primary tumor,
are poor; for example: 13% for colorectal cancer, 12% for lung cancer and 21%
for breast cancer. These poor survival rates reflect the limitations of current
treatments and the fact that cancers develop resistance to currently available
treatments. In addition, current treatments are often associated with severe
side effects. As a result, there is a medical need for the development of more
effective and less toxic treatments.

  We currently have three drug candidates in our cancer program.

  Lometrexol. We have licensed a cancer drug candidate known as lometrexol from
Eli Lilly. Lometrexol is an antifolate. Antifolates, which disrupt the
synthesis of DNA, have been validated for use in the treatment of cancer. For
example, methotrexate, which acts by a mechanism of action similar to that of
lometrexol, has been used extensively in the treatment of breast, bladder and
head and neck cancers. Eli Lilly conducted phase 1 trials of lometrexol both
with and without folic acid supplementation. Several deaths were observed in
phase 1 trials of lometrexol. However, patients treated with lometrexol who
received oral supplementation with folic acid demonstrated greatly improved
tolerance to the drug.

  During the course of phase 1 clinical trials, Eli Lilly observed a total of
five partial responses and one complete response in different tumor types and
in different centers. Partial responses were noted for patients with melanoma,
breast cancer, soft tissue sarcoma, ovarian cancer and non-small cell lung
cancer. Despite the fact that it is unusual to see complete responses in phase
1 clinical trials because patients enrolling in these trials tend to be heavily
pre-treated and are typically at an advanced stage in the progression of their
disease, Eli Lilly noted a complete response lasting more than 18 months in a
patient with head and neck cancer.

  We anticipate that we will commence phase 2 clinical trials of lometrexol in
2000. We have not yet selected the five or six tumor types to be treated during
phase 2 clinical trials, but we expect the trials will include melanoma and
soft tissue sarcoma patients. The primary endpoint of these studies will be
efficacy, as assessed by response rate.

  T67. Our scientists have discovered T67, a cancer compound that binds
irreversibly to tubulin, the cellular building block of microtubules, which are
essential to cell division. T67 disrupts microtubule function, causing the cell
to die and potentially resulting in tumor shrinkage. Since cancer cells divide
more rapidly than normal cells and microtubules are essential for cell
division, cancer cells are more sensitive than normal cells to treatment with
T67. This concept has been proven clinically by other tubulin-active agents
such as Taxol and vincristine; however, over time, many tumors become resistant
to these drugs.

  T67 causes tumor shrinkage in a variety of human tumors implanted into mice.
T67 retains its activity against those tumors and cell lines that are multiple
drug resistant. In contrast, these multiple drug resistant cells and tumors
were resistant to Taxol and doxorubicin. T67 demonstrates enhanced activity
when used in combination with cisplatin against the MX-1 mammary tumor
implanted into mice. T67 is currently in phase 1 clinical trials. A total of
four studies based on varying dosing regimens are either ongoing or planned at
major medical centers in the United States. To date, we have enrolled 29
patients and have observed a dose-limiting toxicity of neuropathy in one
patient at the highest administered dose. We expect to continue to enroll
additional patients at a lower dose level. This lower dose results in drug
levels that are sufficient to induce anti-tumor activity in animals. We expect
that data from the phase 1 clinical trials establishing a phase 2 infusion dose
and schedule will be available in 2000. Assuming that a tolerable dose and
schedule can be identified for

                                       36
<PAGE>


repeat administration, we expect to initiate a number of phase 2 clinical
trials to determine anti-tumor activity. We expect to conduct one of these
trials in glioblastoma, a type of brain cancer, exploiting the ability of T67
to enter the brain. In the event that T67 has sufficient activity in refractory
tumor types for which no other treatment exists, T67 would be a potential
candidate for accelerated approval by the FDA.

  T607. In November 1999, we received approval of an Investigational New Drug
application for T607, an analog of T67. This drug also binds irreversibly to
tubulin. Animal studies indicate that T607 is different from T67 in that T607
may be given by rapid injection, or bolus, and also has a reduced propensity to
enter the brain. This may be a desirable feature for treatment of peripheral
tumors. We intend to evaluate three different dosing schedules of T607 in phase
1 clinical trials.

  Cancer Gene Discovery. We seek to discover cancer genes using a proprietary
technique known as Representational Difference Analysis. Representational
Difference Analysis works by sampling DNA from healthy and diseased cells from
the same person, and rapidly comparing the samples to identify mutant cancer
genes. Representational Difference Analysis does not require either prior
hereditary clues or an extensive sample collection from high-risk families that
have a history of disease. Prior to the time we obtained a license to this
technology, Representational Difference Analysis was utilized to isolate two
tumor suppressor genes, BRCA2 and PTEN.

 Cytomegalovirus

  Cytomegalovirus is a common virus that causes serious infection in patients
with compromised or immature immune systems, particularly transplant
recipients, AIDS patients and infants born to cytomegalovirus-infected mothers.
In the bone marrow and solid organ transplant population, cytomegalovirus can
cause life-threatening pneumonia. In the AIDS patient population, retinitis
caused by cytomegalovirus is the primary cause of blindness. Cytomegalovirus
infection in newborns can cause death or severe neurological damage, typically
deafness. In 1997, the incidence of cytomegalovirus disease worldwide totaled
approximately 31,000 patients, and worldwide revenues for cytomegalovirus drugs
totaled approximately $143 million and are projected to grow at a 6.5% compound
annual growth rate. Current therapy for cytomegalovirus disease is associated
with significant toxicity and poor oral bioavailability. These features limit
the utility of the current drugs in preventative therapy in patients at high
risk, such as patients receiving bone marrow transplants, and for treatment of
active infection in newborns.

  We have identified a class of potent and orally available cytomegalovirus
compounds that interfere with the replication machinery of cytomegalovirus. We
believe that this class of compounds is the first to target a specific
cytomegalovirus-encoded enzyme that is necessary for initiating the synthesis
of viral DNA. This class of compounds is efficacious against clinical
cytomegalovirus taken from patients who have developed resistance to current
therapies. Animal toxicity studies suggest that this class of compounds will be
safer than current therapies. Because they can be taken orally, our
cytomegalovirus drug candidates may also be practical for use in preventative
settings, such as in transplant patients.

  We have commenced preclinical testing of several advanced candidates. We
anticipate filing an Investigational New Drug application on a lead compound in
2000.

 Diabetes

  Diabetes mellitus is a chronic, progressively debilitating disease that
affected approximately 124 million people worldwide in 1997. Type II diabetes
represents 90% of the total population of people with diabetes, and its
prevalence is increasing as a function of the aging population and the
increasing population of obese people in the world. Worldwide sales for oral
type II diabetes drugs in 1998 totaled approximately $3.0 billion and are
expected to grow at a 35% compound annual growth rate. Type II diabetes usually
develops after the age of 40 and is characterized by the body's inability to
respond to insulin. Recently, a new class of drugs has been

                                       37
<PAGE>

introduced that permit type II diabetics to make better use of the insulin
produced by their bodies or taken by injection. Members of this class,
including the drug Rezulin, have proven to be moderately efficacious for the
treatment of type II diabetes but have also been associated with undesirable
side effects, such as liver toxicity and weight gain. These side effects limit
the number of eligible patients and increase the costs associated with
monitoring for adverse effects after initiation of treatment.

  Our scientists have implemented a biochemical assay that employs the same
transcription factor that is targeted by Rezulin. Our current efforts are
focused on optimizing a lead series of potent and orally available agents
identified in this assay that improve insulin sensitivity and lower blood
glucose in animals. We believe that this series offers the potential for an
anti-diabetes drug with improved profile relative to existing agents. We have
commenced animal studies and a chemistry effort to clarify and exploit these
advantages.

  We have collaborated with Japan Tobacco in obesity/diabetes research since
September 1996.

 Obesity

  Body weight is determined and regulated by a variety of genetic and
environmental factors. Weight change is influenced by eating behavior and by
energy utilization as determined by exercise and metabolic rate. Obesity
increases the risk of serious human diseases, including type II diabetes,
coronary artery disease and hypertension. At least 70 million people in the
United States are currently classified as obese. There is a large, unmet need
for a treatment for obesity. Recently, two drugs have been approved for this
disease, Xenical and Meridia, and no other drugs are approved specifically for
obesity. Since the beginning of 1999, these products generated combined
revenues of more than $500 million.

  We have a robust program that currently is focused upon three pathways
involved in obesity. The first of these pathways involves the obese, or Ob,
gene. The Ob gene encodes the protein leptin, is expressed exclusively in fat
tissue and is regulated by diverse stimuli. When administered intravenously to
obese mice, the leptin protein results in significant weight loss. Our
scientists have established an assay that uses a genetically altered fat cell
line that is sensitive to stimuli responsible for controlling the Ob gene,
making it ideally suited for use in assays to identify compounds that will
regulate the Ob gene. We have identified a series of compounds in this assay
that increase leptin in the blood of laboratory animals. We have commenced
additional studies of the mechanism by which these compounds regulate the Ob
gene.

  The second pathway we are evaluating involves the family of proteins known as
uncoupling proteins. Studies have shown that there is correlation between
metabolic rate and the ability to turn food calories into heat instead of
storing food calories in fat cells. The ability to dissipate food calories as
heat in turn relies on uncoupling proteins. Uncoupling proteins play a major
role in determining metabolic rate and are an important class of potential
targets for the treatment of obesity. Our scientists have established a panel
of biochemical and cell-based assays directed towards the identification of
small molecule compounds that selectively modulate the activity of uncoupling
proteins. We have commenced high throughput screening using these proprietary
assays.

  A third area of obesity research focuses on pathways involved in preventing
the creation of fat cells. In cell culture experiments using a compound we have
identified, our scientists have demonstrated that inhibiting a transcription
factor known as PPARg prevents the formation of fat cells.

  We have collaborated with Knoll in obesity research since November 1998. We
have collaborated with Japan Tobacco in obesity/diabetes research since
September 1996.

 Inflammation

  Under normal circumstances, inflammation is an important defense response to
injury and infection. An early step in the inflammatory response is the
recruitment of white blood cells, or leukocytes, from the circulatory system to
damaged or infected tissue. Excessive or prolonged accumulation of leukocytes
can lead to inflammatory conditions, including asthma, inflammatory bowel
disease, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis,

                                       38
<PAGE>


rheumatoid arthritis and septic shock. In 1998, a total of approximately 28
million individuals in the United States suffered from these diseases.
Worldwide sales of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs totaled approximately
$6.0 billion in 1998 and are expected to grow at a 4% compound annual growth
rate. An estimated 400,000 individuals in the United States and Europe have
Crohn's disease, a serious chronic inflammatory disease of the small and large
intestine.

  The inflammatory messengers known as tumor necrosis factor and interleukin-1
act by binding to specific cell surface receptors that, in turn, set off
signaling events culminating in the expression of many inflammatory response
genes. The crucial roles played by tumor necrosis factor and interleukin-1 in
several inflammatory disease states have been clearly demonstrated by studies
utilizing antibodies and soluble receptors that neutralize tumor necrosis
factor and interleukin-1 activities. The efficacy demonstrated by Enbrel, a
soluble tumor necrosis factor receptor, has validated this concept for the
treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. We believe that an orally available drug of
comparable efficacy would represent formidable competition for drugs that must
be injected, such as Enbrel.

  Several key inflammatory response genes are regulated by a single
transcription factor, NF-kB. Our scientists have discovered numerous novel
regulatory proteins in the gene regulation pathways leading from the tumor
necrosis factor and interleukin-1 receptors and have elucidated their roles in
NF-kB activation. On the basis of these landmark discoveries, our scientists
are recognized as leaders in this field of research.

  Based upon this research, our scientists have determined that some of these
regulatory proteins appear to be exclusively dedicated to NF-kB activation and
the inflammatory response and therefore represent ideal drug discovery targets.
We are employing several of these targets in high throughput screening assays,
and a lead compound that inhibits one of the key components involved in NF-kB
activation is currently undergoing optimization. We believe that our
discoveries and the expertise we have developed in this disease area place us
in a leading position to identify the next generation of important anti-
inflammatory drugs.

  We have collaborated with Roche Bioscience in inflammation research since
July 1997.

 Immune Disorders

  Many diseases result from defects in the immune system, including allergic
rhinitis, asthma, type I diabetes and rheumatoid arthritis. It is estimated
that a total of approximately 55 million people in the United States suffered
from these common immune disorders in 1998. Respiratory therapies including
anti-asthmatic and allergy relief medications totaled approximately $11.2
billion in worldwide revenues in 1998 and are expected to grow at a 16%
compound annual growth rate.

  Our scientists have discovered two human transcription factors, STAT6 and
STAT4, that are key proteins involved in immune regulation. When
overstimulated, these proteins are instrumental in the development of allergy
and asthma in the case of STAT6, and in the development of autoimmune diseases
such as rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease in the case of
STAT4. Experiments in animals have demonstrated that disabling these proteins
is safe and blocks inappropriate immune responses. These results demonstrate
that STAT6 and STAT4 are excellent drug discovery targets. Our goal is to
discover drugs capable of selectively blocking STAT6 or STAT4 function.

  Toward this end, we developed cell-based assays for high throughput screening
that enable the identification of compounds that interfere with functions
controlled by STAT proteins. We have also developed biochemical assays for high
throughput screening that permit the identification of compounds that will
inhibit STAT protein activation. Finally, our scientists have identified short
peptides, or protein fragments, that inhibit STAT function. These peptides have
served as leads for a chemistry optimization program and have also enabled the
synthesis of a drug candidate that completely inhibits STAT6 function in cells,
validating the underlying basis of this approach. The structures of several
proprietary STAT6 inhibitors bound to specific sites on the target protein have
been determined by X-ray crystallography and are being utilized to guide our
chemistry effort.

  We have collaborated with Taisho in immune disorders research since April
1995.

                                       39
<PAGE>

 Hypercholesterolemia

  Cardiovascular disease is the leading cause of death in the developed world.
The most clinically significant diseases, angina and myocardial infarction, are
causally related to elevated levels of low-density lipoprotein, or LDL,
cholesterol in the blood stream. The risk of death begins to increase when LDL
cholesterol levels rise above 126 mg/dl and progressively worsens with higher
levels. A total of approximately 39 million people in the United States have
LDL cholesterol levels above 168 mg/dl.

  To date, statins are the most successful drugs for lowering LDL cholesterol
levels. Worldwide revenues for statins totaled approximately $9.6 billion in
1998 and are expected to grow at a 20% compound annual growth rate. Statins
lower LDL cholesterol levels in the bloodstream by indirectly increasing the
number of LDL receptors on the surface of cells. Despite the success of
statins, there is a significant patient population, particularly those
individuals having substantially elevated blood cholesterol levels, for which
these drugs alone are insufficient to achieve the desired efficacy. We believe
that a drug that either directly increases expression of LDL receptors or
induces cholesterol clearance mechanisms may show improved efficacy relative to
the current agents.

  Toward this end, we have established proprietary assays for high throughput
screening that utilize liver cells to measure the compound-induced activity of
the LDL receptor gene. Using this approach, we have identified compounds that
lower serum cholesterol in animal models. This class of compounds is the focus
of a chemistry optimization effort.

  Our scientists have also extended the understanding of the mechanism
regulating an important enzyme that is responsible for the body's clearance of
cholesterol. These scientists have discovered important transcription factors
involved in the process. They have also identified a natural receptor for bile
acids, which are the end products of cholesterol metabolism and suppress the
expression of this enzyme. We have established proprietary biochemical assays
for high throughput screening to detect inhibitors of this bile acid receptor
and are presently evaluating the therapeutic potential of early leads derived
from the screening effort.

  We have a research collaboration with Professors Michael Brown and Joseph
Goldstein of the University of Texas Southwestern Medical School at Dallas, to
develop a detailed understanding of the intracellular events controlling
cholesterol metabolism. Professors Brown and Goldstein won a Nobel Prize for
their work in this area. This collaboration is currently focused upon
elucidating mechanisms involved in regulation of the transcription factors that
have been shown by Brown and Goldstein to activate the LDL receptor gene.
Efforts in this area have led to the establishment of a unique cell-based assay
for high throughput screening to identify compounds that modulate a novel
target discovered by Brown and Goldstein. Compounds that are active in this
assay are expected to lead to increased expression of the LDL receptor gene. We
have also established a biochemical assay to complement the ongoing cell-based
screening efforts. We have been collaborating with Professors Brown and
Goldstein since October 1992 and have the exclusive right to license the
results of the Brown and Goldstein research in this area.

  We have collaborated with Sumitomo in hypercholesterolemia research since
January 1995.

 Bacterial Diseases

  The extensive use of antibiotics during the past three decades has
contributed significantly to the emergence of antibiotic-resistant strains of
bacteria. Worldwide revenues for broad-spectrum penicillins totaled
approximately $3.8 billion in 1998 and are expected to grow at a 4% compound
annual growth rate. Despite the wide variety of classes of antibiotics
currently available for clinical use, patients can die from an infection with
any one of multiple drug resistant forms of bacteria, including Mycobacterium
tuberculosis, Staphylococcus aureus or Enterococcus faecalis. With an estimated
two million patients developing hospital-acquired infections in the United
States each year and 90,000 deaths resulting from those infections, the need to
overcome evolving bacterial resistance is the major driving force behind
ongoing efforts to discover and develop chemical classes of antibacterial
agents for clinical use.

                                       40
<PAGE>

  We have focused our efforts on a number of cellular processes essential for
bacterial growth. RNA polymerase is a bacterial enzyme that is a proven
antibacterial target, because the potent antibiotic rifampicin inhibits a
subunit of this enzyme. The clinical utility of rifampicin, however, is
diminished by the rapid emergence of drug resistance. We have identified a
novel class of inhibitors of RNA polymerase that have antibacterial activity
against rifampicin-resistant bacteria. The current focus of this program
involves a lead candidate that is undergoing chemistry optimization.

 Orphan Nuclear Receptors

  Nuclear receptors are a family of transcription factors that play important
roles in nearly all aspects of development and adult physiology and therefore
have relevance to multiple disease indications. These receptors are activated
by naturally occurring hormones known as ligands, and many have therefore been
discovered to be targets for important orally available drugs, including
Premarin for estrogen replacement, levothyroxine, or Synthroid, for
hypothyroidism, tamoxifen for breast cancer, Pulmicort for asthma and Rezulin
for type II diabetes. Worldwide revenues for these five drugs totaled an
aggregate of more than $4 billion in 1998.

  Until the natural ligand corresponding to a nuclear receptor is identified,
members of the nuclear receptor family are classified as orphan nuclear
receptors. Of the nearly 50 nuclear receptors identified to date, approximately
two-thirds are orphan nuclear receptors. Although the exact functions of these
orphan nuclear receptors are not known, the fact that nuclear receptors are
biologically important and are activated by small molecules makes this an
attractive opportunity for discovery of important new medicines. As an example
of the commercial potential of ligands for orphan nuclear receptors, it has
recently been discovered that the antidiabetic drug Rezulin targets the orphan
nuclear receptor known as PPARg.

  Our scientists are using proprietary screens to enable the discovery of both
stimulators and inhibitors for many orphan nuclear receptors and have
discovered two novel human orphan nuclear receptors. We are applying multiple
technologies, such as gene knock-out and X-ray crystallography, to both
elucidate function and guide drug discovery in this area. We have initiated
several assays for high throughput screening, and the first leads are
undergoing functional characterization in both cell-based and animal studies.

  We have collaborated with Japan Tobacco in orphan nuclear receptor research
since September 1998.

                                       41
<PAGE>

Drug Discovery and Development

  We believe that our integrated drug discovery and development platform places
us in a leading position to discover, develop and commercialize novel, orally
available drugs. The following chart illustrates our drug discovery and
development system:


                           [FLOW CHART APPEARS HERE]

                                       42
<PAGE>

 Target Identification and Validation

  A key focus of our scientists is to establish a link between specific genes
and diseases. Following the identification of such a link, we seek to identify
and characterize important proteins and regulatory pathways responsible for the
expression of these genes. Our ability to identify multiple targets within a
gene regulatory pathway or subpathway that regulates genes increases the
likelihood that we will be able to identify the optimal target for therapeutic
intervention.

  Our scientists use a combination of biochemical, molecular biological and
genetic approaches to discover novel regulatory proteins. Once a regulatory
protein has been identified, we clone and express the gene that encodes that
protein. Cloning the regulatory protein allows us to conduct target validation,
which is the biological evaluation of the protein's specific function in the
disease process. We evaluate the physiological function of potential drug
targets we discover by manipulating their expression in cells, by mapping the
pathways by which they interact with other regulatory proteins to regulate
genes and by understanding the cell types in which they are expressed. This
information can be critical to assessing the suitability of a gene regulatory
protein as a target for pharmaceutical intervention.

  In our target discovery efforts, we also search publicly available genome
databases, including data derived from the Human Genome Project. In the cancer
area, we seek to discover novel cancer genes using Representational Difference
Analysis. Some of these cancer genes may be targets for small molecule
intervention.

  Where the target validation process indicates that a particular regulatory
protein may not be the most appropriate molecular target for assay development,
we use cellular and molecular biology studies to identify other proteins
involved in the same biochemical pathway(s) that may be better molecular
targets for drug discovery and therapeutic intervention. The target validation
process also provides us with opportunities to discover additional components
of the cellular pathway that may lead to identification of additional drug
discovery targets.

 Primary Assays

  We use primary assays specific to each target or program to rapidly search
our compound screening library for chemical structures that hold promise for
further study, or hits. We design and implement two main types of primary
assays, as described below.

  Biochemical Assays. Our scientists use the results of target identification
efforts to craft specialized biochemical assays in which one or more target
proteins are reconstituted in a system that closely mimics their native
environment. At this stage, we adapt the assay to an automated format to allow
for high throughput screening. Biochemical assays provide several advantages in
the search for new drugs. In a biochemical assay, the components and mechanism
of action of the drug candidates are already known. This precision minimizes
inaccurate results and false-positive readings, thereby accelerating the
discovery process. Additionally, the identification of lead compounds using
biochemical assays bypasses the potential problems of false-negative readings
associated with the ability of a compound to penetrate a cell or the intrinsic
ability of cells to break down chemicals before they reach a target. Once hits
are identified, these properties can be subsequently manipulated through
chemistry. Since biochemical assays are usually highly amenable to high
throughput screening, results can be obtained rapidly and reproduced
consistently. We will perform high throughput screening with approximately 35
biochemical assays in 1999.

  Cell-based Assays. High throughput screening using intact cell-based assays
complements and extends our biochemical screening capabilities. A major
advantage of cell-based assays over biochemical assays is that cell-based
assays allow analysis of sample activity in an environment similar to the one
in which a drug would act. In addition, the toxicity and ability to penetrate
into the cell can be assessed. In contrast to biochemical assays, where the
target protein for a drug is known, cell-based assays offer an additional
opportunity to discover drugs interacting with novel, previously unknown,
target proteins. We will perform high throughput screening with approximately
ten cell-based assays during 1999.

                                       43
<PAGE>

 High Throughput Screening

  We have developed innovative hardware and software systems to automate the
entire drug screening process, from the preparation of solutions of the test
substances for screening to the analysis of the data generated from the assays.
In our automated screening facility, we can annually generate more than eight
million sample evaluations in our assays. Our automated systems can be
configured to run a wide variety of assay formats. Our data management system
stores the data for hundreds of thousands of samples, each tested in dozens of
assays. This relationally integrated system manages sample inventories through
a bar code system, configures plates for a wide variety of experiments and
coordinates the screening of large numbers of plates across multiple assays.
The data management system electronically recalls and presents data in formats
that allow rapid recognition of active compounds or extracts. This gives each
of our scientists the ability to analyze the results for a given assay within
the context of the entire drug discovery database, including the results of all
past screening assays.

 Screening Library

  Access to large libraries of highly diverse molecular structures is an
important aspect of our drug discovery efforts. We currently have a library of
over 500,000 synthetic compounds and natural product extracts. This library
includes in excess of 300,000 individual synthetic compounds. The screening
collection also includes combinatorial chemical libraries that contain in
excess of 200,000 synthetic compounds incorporating desirable molecular
features. Our library includes a natural product collection that currently
numbers in excess of 118,000 independent samples derived from microbial, plant
and marine sources. This library is supplemented with chemical libraries
provided by our collaborators for specific programs.

 Secondary Assays

  Secondary assays are designed to eliminate those "hits" that lack potency or
specificity, or have unwanted characteristics. If a compound survives the
secondary assay screening process, it is then subjected to further testing and
ultimately chemistry optimization. Generally, hits with promising results in
animal models and desirable chemical characteristics become lead compounds.

 Lead Optimization

  Regardless of whether a lead compound is obtained from biochemical or cell-
based assays, the pharmaceutical properties of that compound must be improved
before clinical development. This is the process of lead optimization.

  Chemistry. We carry out traditional structure-activity relationship studies
of potential lead compounds and conduct lead optimization utilizing chemistry
techniques to synthesize new analogs of a lead compound with improved
properties. Our natural products chemists handle the separation, isolation and
structure elucidation of bioactive components derived from our natural product
extracts. In addition, we have computational chemistry capabilities, including
molecular modeling, to support lead optimization.

  We complement this activity with directed combinatorial chemistry, which
enables the synthesis of thousands of chemical analogs of lead compounds
quickly. We continue to expand our efforts in this area as we believe that the
continued development of combinatorial chemistry technology will streamline the
ability of our chemists to improve upon promising lead compounds and facilitate
the expansion of our proprietary screening library.

  Structural Biology. Structural biology techniques aid in drug design and
optimization by providing molecular "snapshots" that allow scientists to
visualize the interactions between a drug or lead and its protein target. These
interactions are analogous to the fit between a lock and a key. Nuclear
magnetic resonance, spectroscopy and X-ray crystallography comprise the
essential techniques of structural biology. We have

                                       44
<PAGE>

established state of the art laboratories that allow us to readily utilize
these powerful tools for lead optimization. Utilizing structural information,
chemists can design and synthesize new analogs of lead compounds that are
likely to have a better fit with the target protein, and hence have greater
potency. We are applying structural biology broadly and have ongoing efforts in
many of our drug discovery programs.

 Pharmacology and Preclinical Development

  We believe that the rapid characterization and optimization of lead compounds
identified in high throughput screening will generate high-quality preclinical
development candidates. Our pharmacology and preclinical development group
facilitates lead optimization by characterizing lead compounds with respect to
pharmacokinetics, potency, efficacy and selectivity. The generation of proof-
of-principle data in animals and the establishment of standard pharmacological
models with which to assess lead compounds represent integral components of
lead optimization. As programs move through the lead optimization stage, our
pharmacology and preclinical development group supports our chemists and
biologists by performing the necessary studies, including toxicology, for
Investigational New Drug application submissions.

 Clinical Development

  We have assembled a team of experts in drug development to design and
implement clinical trials and to analyze the data derived from these studies.
The clinical development group possesses expertise in project management.

 Research and Development Expenses

  Our research and development expenses were $31.9 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1999, $33.3 million in 1998, $26.5 million in 1997 and
$18.6 million in 1996.

Corporate Collaborations

  To assist in product commercialization and fund research and development
activities, we have established and will continue to pursue corporate
collaborations with selected pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. We
currently have corporate collaborations in six of our research programs: Knoll
relating to obesity; Japan Tobacco relating to orphan nuclear receptors; Roche
Bioscience relating to inflammation; Japan Tobacco relating to
obesity/diabetes; Taisho relating to immune disorders; and Sumitomo relating to
hypercholesterolemia. As of September 30, 1999, we had received a total of
$121.3 million, including $108.3 million in research funding and $13.0 million
from equity purchases, from these collaborators as well as under a prior
alliance with Yamanouchi that was terminated by Yamanouchi in November 1996 and
a prior alliance with Merck that was terminated by Merck in March 1999. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Overview" for additional details related to funding received to
date and future funding payable under existing corporate collaboration
agreements. In addition, we have a number of scientific collaborations with
academic and medical institutions and biotechnology companies under which we
have in-licensed technology. We intend to pursue further collaborations as
appropriate.

  Our corporate collaboration agreements generally contain the following terms.
Every corporate collaboration agreement, except the agreement with Knoll,
provides that each party will retain ownership of all inventions and any
related patents made solely by its employees during the course of the
collaboration, except as limited by each party's license rights described
below. In every corporate collaboration agreement, we have agreed not to
conduct research in specified areas, independently or with any commercial third
party, that is in the same field and in the same geographical territory as that
covered by the corporate collaboration agreement.

                                       45
<PAGE>


  The table below summarizes the economic rights currently held by us and our
corporate collaborators in each of our programs and additional details relating
to specific corporate collaboration agreements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Economic Rights Holder
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Corporate
          Program             Collaborator        North America              Europe                 Asia (2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                       <C>              <C>                     <C>                     <C>
  Cancer (1)                       --        Tularik                 Tularik                 Tularik
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Cytomegalovirus                  --        Tularik                 Tularik                 Tularik
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Diabetes (certain         Japan Tobacco    Profit split            Profit split            Profit split
   targets)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Obesity (certain          Knoll            Knoll (Royalties shared Knoll (Royalties shared Profit split (with
   targets)                                  with Japan Tobacco)     with Japan Tobacco)     Japan Tobacco)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Obesity (certain          Japan Tobacco    Profit split            Profit split            Profit split
   targets)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Inflammation
   Inflammatory bowel       Roche Bioscience Tularik (Royalties to   Tularik (Royalties to   Tularik (Royalties to
    disease, skin diseases                   Roche Bioscience)       Roche Bioscience)       Roche Bioscience)
    and eye diseases
   Other indications        Roche Bioscience Roche Bioscience        Roche Bioscience        Roche Bioscience
                                             (Royalties to Tularik)  (Royalties to Tularik)  (Royalties to Tularik)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Immune Disorders          Taisho           Tularik                 Tularik                 Taisho (Royalties
   (certain targets)                                                                         to Tularik)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Hypercholesterolemia      Sumitomo         Tularik                 Tularik                 Sumitomo (Royalties
   (certain targets)                                                                         to Tularik)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Bacterial Diseases               --        Tularik                 Tularik                 Tularik
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Orphan Nuclear Receptors  Japan Tobacco    Profit split            Profit split            Profit split
</TABLE>

(1) We have agreed to pay Eli Lilly a royalty and to make milestone payments on
    sales of lometrexol, as described below.
(2) Composition of Asian territory varies by agreement.

 Knoll AG (Obesity)

  Effective November 1998, we established a five-year research collaboration
with Knoll to discover, develop and market compounds that act on specified
obesity-related targets. Under the collaboration agreement, Tularik has
established assays for these obesity-related targets. Knoll and Tularik are
each to provide compound libraries, conduct screening and provide expertise to
support biology, pharmacology and chemistry for identified lead compounds.

  Once the parties select a compound for preclinical testing in the treatment
or prevention of obesity, Knoll has the right to enter into a separate license
agreement granting Knoll exclusive rights to develop, manufacture and sell the
compound in countries other than in specified Asian countries for indications
related to obesity. Any license would survive termination of the research
portion of the collaboration, and require Knoll to pay to us milestones and
royalties. Each party has defined rights to develop compounds identified during
the course of performance of the research collaboration for indications and
uses other than obesity, subject to the payment to the other party in
particular circumstances of a royalty on product sales. The collaboration
agreement grants us exclusive rights under collaboration technology and
nonexclusive rights under specified Knoll technology to develop, manufacture
and sell obesity products in specified Asian countries, subject to the payment
of royalties to Knoll on sales of products if we obtain a license under
applicable Knoll technology. Knoll has a right of first refusal to obtain Asian
rights in the event that Japan Tobacco's rights terminate or expire. The rights
retained in specified Asian countries are subject to the Japan Tobacco
obesity/diabetes agreement.


                                       46
<PAGE>

  Knoll may terminate the collaboration agreement on the third or fourth
anniversary of the effective date upon prior written notice. Either party may
terminate the agreement at any time upon a material breach by the other party
of its obligations under the agreement. When the research collaboration
terminates, each party will retain rights to technology invented by it during
the collaboration or contributed by it to the collaboration, subject to the
rights and licenses described above. The parties would cross license to each
other the right to commercialize products already identified in the program.

 Japan Tobacco (Orphan Nuclear Receptors)

  Effective September 1998, we established a five-year collaboration with Japan
Tobacco to discover, develop and market compounds that act by regulating orphan
nuclear receptors. We have developed assays and screened library compounds
against a number of orphan nuclear receptors. Both parties will participate in
chemistry and other preclinical activities for identified lead compounds.

  The collaboration is structured to provide for the equal sharing of expenses
and profits on a worldwide basis. We retain exclusive marketing and sales
rights in the United States and Canada. Japan Tobacco retains exclusive
marketing and sales rights in Japan and Korea. Japan Tobacco and we jointly
determine marketing strategy in other countries. Japan Tobacco will be required
to provide funding for our research efforts and to make benchmark payments to
us based on clinical progress.

  The research collaboration may be terminated by Japan Tobacco at the end of
the third and fourth years of the five-year research collaboration, on prior
written notice. Either party may elect to terminate its participation in the
co-promotion of products upon prior written notice to the other party, in which
case the other party may exclusively commercialize a product subject to the
payment of a royalty to the party that elects not to participate in co-
promotion. Either party may terminate the agreement at any time upon a material
breach by the other party of its obligations under the agreement.

 Roche Bioscience (Inflammation)

  We established a five-year research and development collaboration with Roche
Bioscience in July 1997 to discover, develop and market anti-inflammatory gene
regulating drugs.

  The agreement provides that we will establish assays for particular targets
within these signaling pathways and conduct high throughout screening of
compounds from the Roche Bioscience and Tularik libraries. Roche Bioscience
provides expertise and funding to support molecular structure validation and
chemistry. Roche Bioscience has exclusive, worldwide manufacturing and
marketing rights to develop and commercialize identified compounds resulting
from the research program for specified indications. Roche Bioscience is
obligated to pay us benchmark payments based on clinical progress and royalties
on sales of these compounds for the Roche Bioscience indications. We have
exclusive, worldwide manufacturing and marketing rights to develop and
commercialize other compounds resulting from the research program for other
specified indications. We are obligated to pay Roche Bioscience royalties on
sales of these compounds for indications we have retained. Our retained
indications include inflammatory bowel disease, as well as eye and skin
diseases. Tularik and Roche Bioscience are responsible for funding preclinical
testing and clinical development of compounds for their respective indications.

  Roche Bioscience retains rights of first negotiation and of first refusal to
develop and commercialize various types of compounds identified both within and
outside the scope of the collaboration.

  Roche Bioscience may terminate the research collaboration at the end of the
third year of the five-year research collaboration, on prior written notice, if
the then current research plan does not provide opportunities for new products
or if we have not discharged our obligations under the research collaboration.
For a specified period at the conclusion of the collaboration, either party may
commercialize compounds resulting from the research program for all
indications, subject to the payment of royalties on sales of the compound. The
first

                                       47
<PAGE>

party to commence preclinical development of a compound receives exclusive
commercialization rights to the compound and must pay the other party royalties
on the compound and, in the case of compounds commercialized by Roche
Bioscience, benchmark payments. After the specified period, the first party to
commence preclinical development of a compound resulting from the research
program receives exclusive commercialization rights to the compound and may
commercialize the compound without paying royalties to the other party. Either
party may terminate the agreement at any time upon a material breach by the
other party or in connection with the other party's bankruptcy.

 Japan Tobacco (Obesity/Diabetes)

  We established a five-year collaboration with Japan Tobacco in September 1996
to research and develop products that regulate expression of genes implicated
in obesity and diabetes. The collaboration was amended in September 1998 and
currently addresses three gene regulatory pathways involved in obesity and
diabetes. We have developed assays and screened library compounds against a
number of obesity and diabetes targets. Both parties will participate in
chemistry and other preclinical activities for identified lead compounds.

  The collaboration is structured to provide for the equal sharing of expenses
and profits on a worldwide basis. We retain exclusive marketing and sales
rights in the United States and Canada (with the exception of those obesity
targets that have been committed to Knoll). Japan Tobacco retains exclusive
marketing and sales rights in Japan and Korea, and Japan Tobacco and we will
jointly determine a sales and marketing strategy other than for those countries
in which Knoll may have rights to products that are active against specified
targets. Japan Tobacco will be required to provide funding for our research
efforts and to make benchmark payments to us based on clinical progress.

  The research collaboration may be terminated by Japan Tobacco at the end of
the fourth year of the five-year research collaboration, on prior written
notice. Either party may elect to terminate its participation in the co-
promotion of products upon prior written notice to the other party, in which
case the other party may exclusively commercialize a product subject to the
payment of a royalty to the party that elects not to participate in co-
promotion. Either party may terminate the agreement at any time upon a material
breach by the other party of its obligations under the agreement.

  Under the terms of a related stock purchase agreement, Japan Tobacco
purchased 600,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock at $10.00 per share in
September 1996, for an aggregate purchase price of $6.0 million.

 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co. (Immune Disorders)

  Effective April 1995, we established a five-year research and development
collaboration with Taisho focused on therapeutic modulation of the human immune
function. In January 1998, the parties extended the alliance for an additional
year. The goals of the research collaboration are to identify and develop
compounds that inhibit or promote the activity of STAT6 and STAT4.

  Provided the research collaboration continues for the full six-year term,
Taisho will have exclusive rights to manufacture and sell products resulting
from the collaboration for therapeutic modulation of immune function in Japan
and in specified other Asian countries. Taisho will be required to make
benchmark payments to us based on clinical progress and royalty payments based
on sales in Taisho's territory. We will have exclusive rights in the rest of
the world, without any payment obligation to Taisho, unless the research
collaboration terminates prior to the full six-year term for our default under
the agreement or bankruptcy.

  Taisho has the right to terminate the collaboration with written notice
before the commencement of the sixth year. In this event, we will have
exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free rights to all products identified in the
collaboration. Either party may terminate the agreement at any time upon a
material breach by the other party of its obligations under the agreement or
upon the other party's bankruptcy.


                                       48
<PAGE>

 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Co. (Hypercholesterolemia)

  Effective January 1995, we established a five-year research and development
collaboration with Sumitomo to discover, develop and market compounds that act
to upregulate the gene encoding the low density lipoprotein, or LDL, receptor
and thereby lower serum LDL cholesterol. Under the collaboration agreement, we
have established assays for upregulators of the LDL receptor gene. Sumitomo and
Tularik are each to provide compound libraries, conduct screening and provide
expertise to support biology, pharmacology and chemistry for identified lead
compounds.

  Sumitomo has the right to enter into a license agreement granting it
exclusive rights to develop, manufacture and sell in specified Asian countries
any compound selected for preclinical testing during the term of the
collaboration or during a specified period after expiration or termination of
the research program. Sumitomo must make benchmark payments to Tularik, and if
it obtains a license, as described above, royalty payments based on sales of
product in specified Asian countries. The collaboration agreement grants us
exclusive rights to develop, manufacture and sell licensed products in the rest
of the world, without payment obligation to Sumitomo. The license to Tularik
and the license to Sumitomo, if any, would survive termination of the research
portion of the collaboration, which we expect to terminate in January 2000 at
the expiration of the five-year term. When the research collaboration
terminates, each party will retain rights to technology invented by it during
the collaboration or contributed by it to the collaboration, subject to the
foregoing licenses. Any compound conceived during the research period and
reduced to practice within a year of termination will revert to us if not
licensed by Sumitomo within the specified period after the termination of the
research collaboration.

  Under the terms of a related stock purchase agreement, Sumitomo purchased
400,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock at $7.50 per share in February
1995 for an aggregate purchase price of $3.0 million.

Other Agreements

 Eli Lilly (Lometrexol)

  Effective September 24, 1999, we executed a license agreement with Eli Lilly
under which we obtained an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license to
make, use and sell pharmaceutical products containing a compound known as
lometrexol, and purchased related inventory. We would owe Eli Lilly milestones
and royalties upon successful commercialization of lometrexol. Eli Lilly filed
an Investigational New Drug application for lometrexol, a treatment for cancer,
in August 1988, a Clinical Trial Exemption for the United Kingdom in June 1991
and subsequently conducted phase 1 trials of lometrexol in cancer patients in
the United States and Europe. Under the agreement, Eli Lilly granted us a
license under Eli Lilly's proprietary technology relating to lometrexol, and
also a sublicense under the exclusive license granted to Eli Lilly by Princeton
University relating to lometrexol. Eli Lilly has specified obligations under
the agreement to maintain the license from Princeton. Eli Lilly has a right to
match the material terms of any offer made by a third party for
commercialization of lometrexol products.

  We may terminate the agreement with Eli Lilly upon written notice. Eli Lilly
may terminate our license in specified major countries if we fail to use
reasonable diligence to develop lometrexol products in these countries, and may
terminate the agreement if we fail to use appropriate diligence to develop
lometrexol products in a predetermined number of major countries. Each party
has the right to terminate the agreement if the other party becomes insolvent
or fails to cure a breach of the agreement. If Eli Lilly terminates the
agreement, Eli Lilly obtains a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing, worldwide license
to our technical improvements to lometrexol.

 Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory (Representational Difference Analysis)

  Amplicon had been the exclusive licensee of the rights of Cold Spring Harbor
Laboratory in Representational Difference Analysis, and we acquired these
rights held by Amplicon when we acquired

                                       49
<PAGE>


Amplicon. In connection with our acquisition of Amplicon, we established a
research collaboration with Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory. As part of this
collaboration, Dr. Michael Wigler of Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory supervises
research using Representational Difference Analysis to search for tumor
suppressor genes and DNA sequences that are amplified in cancer. In addition,
we may elect to obtain licenses under inventions made under the research
collaboration. Either party may terminate the research collaboration for
breach. We may terminate the license agreement after October 2002. We intend to
utilize the results of this research collaboration and new discoveries from
Dr. Wigler's laboratory to develop proprietary high throughout screens for drug
discovery.

 Merck & Co. (Viral Diseases)

  Effective December 1993, we established a five-year collaboration with Merck
to discover and develop compounds for the prevention or treatment of specified
viruses. This research collaboration ended in March 1999. Merck has exclusive,
worldwide manufacturing and marketing rights to develop and commercialize
products resulting from the human immunodeficiency virus, or HIV, program,
subject to obligations to pay to us benchmark payments based on clinical
progress and royalties on sales of HIV products. In November 1999, Merck orally
waived an option to assume responsibility for the development of our
cytomegalovirus drug candidate.

  Under the terms of a related stock purchase agreement, Merck purchased
400,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at $5.00 per share in January 1994
for an aggregate purchase price of $2.0 million.

Patents and Proprietary Rights

  We will be able to protect our proprietary rights from unauthorized use by
third parties only to the extent that our proprietary rights are covered by
valid and enforceable patents or are effectively maintained as trade secrets.
Accordingly, patents and other proprietary rights are an essential element of
our business. As of September 30, 1999, 41 U.S. patents based on our
discoveries had been issued or allowed. In addition, as of that date, we had 47
patent applications pending in the United States and had filed several
corresponding foreign patent applications. Our policy is to file patent
applications and to protect technology, inventions and improvements to
inventions that are commercially important to the development of our business.
We seek U.S. and international patent protection for the genes we discover, as
well as therapeutic products and processes, drug screening methodologies,
transgenic animals, diagnostics and other inventions based on these genes. Our
commercial success will depend in part on obtaining this patent protection. We
also intend to seek patent protection or rely upon trade secret rights to
protect other technologies that may be used to discover and characterize genes
and that may be used to develop novel drugs. We seek protection, in part,
through confidentiality and proprietary information agreements. We are a party
to various license agreements that give us rights to use technologies in our
research and development processes.

  We believe that we have developed proprietary technology for use in gene
discovery, regulatory pathway identification and assay design and have filed a
number of patent applications in these areas. In addition, an increasing
percentage of our recent patent applications have been related to potential
product candidates, or compounds, that we have discovered.

  We have received letters from a biotechnology company indicating that the
biotechnology company believes that Tularik is utilizing patented technology
relating to a methodology for discovering transcription-based drugs and
relating to the use of orally available compounds to modulate gene
transcription. The biotechnology company has offered to license this technology
to Tularik in exchange for milestones and a royalty of .75% on net sales of
products covered by the claims of these patents. We believe that we do not
infringe any valid and enforceable claims of these patents and intend to
vigorously defend any litigation commenced by the biotechnology company in
connection with its claims. We cannot predict whether any litigation will be
commenced or the outcome of any litigation.


                                       50
<PAGE>

Competition

  We face, and will continue to face, intense competition from organizations
such as large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, as well as academic
and research institutions and government agencies. Our major competitors
include fully integrated pharmaceutical companies that have extensive drug
discovery efforts and are developing novel small molecule pharmaceuticals. We
face significant competition from organizations that are pursuing the same or
similar technologies, including the discovery of targets that regulate genes,
as the technologies used by us in our drug discovery efforts and from
organizations that are pursuing pharmaceuticals that are competitive with our
potential products.

  Many of these companies and institutions, either alone or together with their
collaborative partners, have substantially greater financial resources and
larger research and development staffs than we do. In addition, many of these
competitors, either alone or together with their collaborative partners, have
significantly greater experience than we do in:

  . developing products;
  . undertaking preclinical testing and clinical trials;
  . obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products; and
  . manufacturing and marketing products.

  Accordingly, our competitors may succeed in obtaining patent protection,
receiving FDA approval or commercializing products before us. If we commence
commercial product sales, we will be competing against companies with greater
marketing and manufacturing capabilities, areas in which we have limited or no
experience.

  In addition, any product candidate that we successfully develop may compete
with existing therapies that have long histories of safe and effective use.
Competition may also arise from:

  . other drug development technologies and methods of preventing or reducing
    the incidence of disease;
  . new small molecules; or
  . other classes of therapeutic agents.

  Developments by others may render our product candidates or technologies
obsolete or noncompetitive. We face and will continue to face intense
competition from other companies for collaborative arrangements with
pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, for establishing relationships with
academic and research institutions, and for licenses to proprietary technology.
These competitors, either alone or with their collaborative partners, may
succeed in developing technologies or products that are more effective than
ours.

  Our ability to compete successfully will depend, in part, on our ability to:

  . develop proprietary products;
  . develop and maintain products that reach the market first, are
    technologically superior to and/or are of lower cost than other products
    in the market;
  . attract and retain scientific and product development personnel;
  . obtain patent or other proprietary protection for our products and
    technologies;
  . obtain required regulatory approvals; and
  . manufacture, market and sell any product that we develop.

Government Regulation

  The manufacturing and marketing of our potential products and our ongoing
research and development activities are subject to extensive regulation by
numerous governmental authorities in the United States and other countries.
Before marketing in the United States, any drug developed by us must undergo
rigorous preclinical testing and clinical trials and an extensive regulatory
clearance process implemented by the FDA under the federal Food, Drug and
Cosmetic Act. The FDA regulates, among other things, the development,

                                       51
<PAGE>


testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, record keeping, labeling, storage,
approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of biopharmaceutical
products. None of our product candidates has been approved for sale in the
United States or any foreign market. The regulatory review and approval
process, which includes preclinical testing and clinical trials of each product
candidate, is lengthy, expensive and uncertain. Securing FDA approval requires
the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting
information to the FDA for each indication to establish a product candidate's
safety and efficacy. The approval process takes many years, requires the
expenditure of substantial resources, involves post-marketing surveillance, and
may involve ongoing requirements for post-marketing studies. Before commencing
clinical investigations in humans, we must submit to, and receive approval
from, the FDA of an Investigational New Drug application. We expect to rely on
some of our collaborative partners to file Investigational New Drug
applications and generally direct the regulatory approval process for some of
our products.

  Clinical testing must meet requirements for institutional review board
oversight, informed consent and good clinical practices. Clinical testing must
be conducted under FDA oversight. Before receiving FDA clearance to market a
product, we must demonstrate that the product is safe and effective on the
patient population that will be treated. If regulatory clearance of a product
is granted, this clearance will be limited to those disease states and
conditions for which the product is useful, as demonstrated through clinical
studies. However, clearance may entail ongoing requirements for postmarketing
studies. After regulatory clearance is obtained, a marketed product, its
manufacturer and its manufacturing facilities are exposed to continual review
and periodic inspections by the FDA.

  Any of our contract manufacturers and we also are required to comply with the
applicable FDA current good manufacturing practice regulations. Good
manufacturing practice regulations include requirements relating to quality
control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of
records and documentation. Manufacturing facilities are subject to inspection
by the FDA. These facilities must be approved before we can use them in
commercial manufacturing of our products. Our contract manufacturers or we may
not be able to comply with the applicable good manufacturing practice
requirements and other FDA regulatory requirements. If our contract
manufacturers or we fail to comply, our business, financial condition and
results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

  Outside the United States, our ability to market a product is contingent upon
receiving a marketing authorization from the appropriate regulatory
authorities. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials,
marketing authorization, pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to
country. At present, foreign marketing authorizations are applied for at a
national level, although within the European Community registration procedures
are available to companies wishing to market a product in more than one EC
member state. If the regulatory authority is satisfied that adequate evidence
of safety, quality and efficacy has been presented, a marketing authorization
will be granted. This foreign regulatory approval process involves all of the
risks associated with FDA clearance discussed above.

Employees

  As of September 30, 1999, we had 204 full-time employees, of whom 94 hold
Ph.D. and/or M.D. degrees and 26 hold other advanced degrees. Of our total
workforce, 173 are engaged in research and development activities and 31 are
engaged in business development, finance and administration. None of our
employees is represented by a collective bargaining agreement, nor have we
experienced work stoppages. We believe that our relations with our employees
are good.

Facilities

  Our facilities consist of approximately 146,000 square feet of research and
office space located at Two Corporate Drive, South San Francisco, California
that is leased to us until 2011. We have options to renew these leases for two
additional periods of five years each. We have leased approximately 14,500
square feet of research and office space located at 266 Pulaski Road,
Greenlawn, New York that is leased to us until 2005. We believe that the space
needed to accommodate our growth through the year 2003 is available.

                                       52
<PAGE>

Scientific Advisory Boards

  We utilize scientists and physicians to advise us on scientific and medical
matters as part of our Scientific Advisory Board including experts in human
genetics, mouse genetics, molecular biology, biochemistry, cell biology,
chemistry, infectious diseases, immunology and structural biology. Generally,
each of our scientific and medical advisors and consultants has received our
common stock or an option to purchase our common stock.

  Robert Tjian, Ph.D. is one of our founders and has been the Chairman of the
Scientific Advisory Board since its inception. Dr. Tjian is an investigator of
the Howard Hughes Medical Institute at the University of California, Berkeley.
Dr. Tjian is one of the world leaders in the field of transcription factor
biochemistry and was the first to clone and characterize a promoter-selective
human transcription factor (Sp1 in 1986). He has been a member of the National
Academy of Sciences since 1991. Dr. Tjian received the California Scientist of
the Year Award in 1994.

  The following is a list of our other Scientific Advisory Board members:

  James P. Allison, Ph.D. is Professor of Immunology and Co-Chairman of the
Department of Molecular & Cell Biology and an investigator of the Howard Hughes
Medical Institute at the University of California, Berkeley. Dr. Allison is a
leader in the field of cellular immunology. Dr. Allison was elected to the
National Academy of Sciences in 1997.

  Paul A. Bartlett, Ph.D. is Professor of the Chemistry Department at the
University of California, Berkeley. Dr. Bartlett is an expert in the field of
bioorganic molecules, medicinal chemistry and combinatorial chemistry. He is
one of the founders of Pharmacopoeia, Inc.

  Michael S. Brown, M.D. is Professor of Medicine and Genetics and Joseph L.
Goldstein, M.D. is Professor and Chairman of the Department of Molecular
Genetics at University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas. Working
as a team, Drs. Brown and Goldstein pioneered a multidisciplinary approach to
the study of hypercholesterolemia by using a combination of biochemistry,
somatic cell genetics, molecular biology and, most recently, gene regulation
and cell biology. In 1985, Drs. Brown and Goldstein were awarded the Nobel
Prize in Medicine for their work in the regulation of cholesterol metabolism,
and in 1988 they received the National Medal of Science. They were elected to
the National Academy of Sciences in 1980.

  E.J. Corey, Ph.D. is Sheldon Emery Professor of Organic Chemistry in the
Chemistry Department at Harvard University. Dr. Corey is a leader in organic
synthetic chemistry, including applications for manufacturing of
pharmaceuticals and applying computers to organic chemical problems. In 1988,
Dr. Corey received the National Medal of Science and in 1990, he was awarded
the Nobel Prize in Chemistry for his development of the theory and methodology
of organic synthesis.

  Donald E. Ganem, M.D. is Professor of Microbiology and Medicine at the
University of California, San Francisco. Dr. Ganem is a leader in the area of
human viruses and microbial infectious agents.

  Richard M. Losick, Ph.D. is Professor and Chairman of the Department of
Molecular & Cellular Biology at Harvard University. Dr. Losick is a leader in
the field of microbial development and gene regulation. Dr. Losick was elected
to the National Academy of Sciences in 1992 and to the American Academy of Arts
and Sciences in 1996.

  Brian W. Matthews, Ph.D., D.Sc. is Professor of Physics and Molecular Biology
and an investigator of the Howard Hughes Medical Institute at the University of
Oregon, Eugene. He is one of the world's leaders in structural biology and
biophysics, with a special expertise in X-ray crystallography and is a pioneer
in the study of protein folding, protein:protein interactions and protein:DNA
interactions. Dr. Matthews was elected to the National Academy of Sciences in
1986.

                                       53
<PAGE>

  Kim Nasmyth, Ph.D. is a Professor and Director of the Research Institute of
Molecular Pathology in Vienna. Dr. Nasmyth is an expert in the area of yeast
genetics, cell cycle regulation and cancer biology.

  Bruce W. Stillman, Ph.D. is Director of the Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory on
Long Island, New York. Dr. Stillman is an expert in the area of DNA
replication, cell cycle control and tumor biology. He is a fellow of the Royal
Society.

  James Wells, Ph.D. is co-founder and chief scientific officer of Sunesis,
Inc. Dr. Wells is a leader in the field of biomolecular design, protein
structure and function as well as molecular biology and phage display
technology. Dr. Wells was elected to the National Academy of Sciences in 1999.

  Keith R. Yamamoto, Ph.D. is Chairman of the Department of Cellular and
Molecular Pharmacology at the University of California, San Francisco. Dr.
Yamamoto is a leader in the field of steroid receptors, a special class of
inducible transcriptional regulators. Dr. Yamamoto was elected to the National
Academy of Sciences in 1990.

 Oncology Scientific Advisory Board

  In addition to our Scientific Advisory Board, we utilize a number of
scientists and physicians to advise us on scientific and medical matters as
part of our Oncology Scientific Advisory Board.

  David Botstein, Ph.D. is a Professor at Stanford University and is the
chairman of the Stanford Department of Genetics. Dr. Botstein is a member of
the National Academy of Sciences.

  Larry Norton, M.D. heads the Division of Solid Tumor Oncology at Memorial
Sloan Kettering Cancer Center. Dr. Norton is a leading clinical oncologist and
an expert in the treatment of breast cancer.

  Bruce W. Stillman, Ph.D.--See above.

  Michael Wigler, Ph.D. is an Investigator at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory.
Dr. Wigler focuses his research on cancer genes, such as the ras oncogene and
tumor suppressor genes. Dr. Wigler is a member of the National Academy of
Sciences.

 Clinical Oncology Scientific Advisory Board

  A global oncology advisory panel guides our clinical oncology program.
Members include:

  Dr. Hilary Calvert, University of Newcastle, UK
  Dr. Ross Donehower, Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, USA
  Dr. Axel Hanauske, Munich, Germany
  Dr. David Newell, University of Newcastle, UK
  Dr. Larry Norton, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, USA
  Dr. Eric Rowinsky, Institute of Drug Development, San Antonio, Texas, USA

                                       54
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

  The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers
and directors as of September 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                 Age Position
- ----                                 --- --------
<S>                                  <C> <C>
David V. Goeddel, Ph.D.............   48 Chief Executive Officer and Director
Andrew J. Perlman, M.D., Ph.D......   51 Executive Vice President
Yasunori Kaneko, M.D...............   46 Vice President, Business Development
Corinne H. Lyle....................   39 Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
William J. Rieflin.................   39 Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Terry J. Rosen, Ph.D...............   40 Vice President, Research Operations
Pieter B.M.W.M. Timmermans, Ph.D...   49 Vice President, Pharmacology and Preclinical Development
Robert A. Swanson..................   51 Chairman of the Board of Directors
A. Grant Heidrich, III.............   47 Director
Mark J. Levin......................   49 Director
Paul A. Marks, M.D.................   73 Director
Edward R. McCracken................   55 Director
Steven L. McKnight, Ph.D...........   50 Director
Peter J. Sjostrand, M.D............   53 Director
</TABLE>

  David V. Goeddel, Ph.D. co-founded Tularik in November 1991 and has served as
a member of our board of directors since inception and as our Chief Executive
Officer since April 1996. From April 1996 to December 1997, Dr. Goeddel served
as our President and from inception to March 1996, Dr. Goeddel served as our
Vice President, Research. Dr. Goeddel was the first scientist hired by
Genentech, Inc. and from 1978 to 1993 served in various positions, including
Fellow and Staff Scientist and Director of Molecular Biology. Dr. Goeddel's
pioneering work in the field of gene cloning and expression of human proteins
has been the basis for five significant marketed therapeutics developed by
Genentech, including human insulin, human growth hormone, interferon-alpha,
interferon-gamma and tissue plasminogen activator. Based on his contributions
in gene cloning and expression of human proteins, Dr. Goeddel was elected to
the National Academy of Sciences and the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Since 1998, Dr. Goeddel has served on the board of directors of Pharma Vision
2000 AG, an investor in Tularik. Dr. Goeddel holds a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from
the University of Colorado and subsequently performed postdoctoral research at
Stanford Research Institute.

  Andrew J. Perlman, M.D., Ph.D. has served as our Executive Vice President
since September 1999. From November 1997 to September 1999, Dr. Perlman served
as our Vice President, Medical Research and Corporate Development. From January
1993 to November 1997, Dr. Perlman served as our Vice President of Medical
Research. Prior to joining Tularik, Dr. Perlman held senior clinical research
positions at Genentech, Inc. Previously, Dr. Perlman served as a faculty member
in the Department of Medicine at Stanford University. Dr. Perlman is a director
of SangStat Medical Corporation. Dr. Perlman holds an M.D. degree and Ph.D. in
Physiology from New York University.

  Yasunori Kaneko, M.D. has served as our Vice President, Business Development
since June 1992. Dr. Kaneko served as our Chief Financial Officer from June
1992 to October 1996. Prior to joining Tularik, Dr. Kaneko held senior
positions at Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Paribas Capital Markets Limited
(Tokyo, Japan) and Genentech, Inc. Since 1998, Dr. Kaneko has served on the
board of directors of Leukosite Inc. Dr. Kaneko holds an M.D. from Keio
University (Tokyo, Japan) and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

  Corinne H. Lyle has served as our Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
since October 1998. From April 1996 to August 1998, Ms. Lyle was an investment
banker at Warburg Dillon Read LLC. Previously, Ms. Lyle was with PaineWebber
Incorporated and Kidder Peabody & Co. Incorporated as an investment banker.
Ms. Lyle holds an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

                                       55
<PAGE>

  William J. Rieflin has served as our Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary since August 1996. From May 1992 to July 1996, Mr. Rieflin worked at
AMSCO International, Inc., serving in various positions, including Vice
President-Human Resources, General Counsel and Secretary. Previously, Mr.
Rieflin was an associate at the law firm of Sidley & Austin. Mr. Rieflin holds
a J.D. from Stanford Law School and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago
Graduate School of Business.

  Terry J. Rosen, Ph.D. has served as our Vice President, Research Operations
since October 1996. From June 1996 to October 1996, Dr. Rosen served as our
Vice President, Medicinal Chemistry and from October 1993 to June 1996 he
served as our Director, Medicinal Chemistry. Prior to joining Tularik, Dr.
Rosen worked at Pfizer Inc and Abbott Laboratories. Dr. Rosen holds a Ph.D. in
Organic Chemistry from the University of California, Berkeley.

  Pieter B.M.W.M. Timmermans, Ph.D. has served as our Vice President,
Pharmacology and Preclinical Development since January 1997. From June 1984 to
December 1996, Dr. Timmermans worked at the DuPont Merck Pharmaceutical
Company, and its predecessor, E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Company, serving in
various positions including Vice President of Drug Discovery and Senior Vice
President of Research. While at DuPont, Dr. Timmermans led the team that
discovered the nonpeptide angiotensin II receptor antagonist, Cozaar, which is
currently marketed by Merck. Dr. Timmermans holds a Ph.D. in Pharmacology from
the University of Amsterdam.

  Robert A. Swanson has served as our Chairman of the Board since June 1996.
Mr. Swanson, a founder of Genentech, Inc., served as Genentech's Chief
Executive Officer from April 1976 to February 1990 and served as its Chairman
of the Board from February 1990 to December 1996. Previously, Mr. Swanson was a
partner with Kleiner & Perkins and Citicorp Venture Capital Ltd. Mr. Swanson is
a member of the Biology Visiting Committee of, and has served as a Trustee for,
the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Swanson is a member of the Royal
Swedish Academy of Engineering Sciences. Mr. Swanson holds an M.S. from the
Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr.
Swanson is currently on a medical leave of absence from our board of directors.

  A. Grant Heidrich, III has served as a member of our board of directors since
November 1991. Mr. Heidrich joined Mayfield Fund in 1982 and is currently a
general partner of Mayfield Fund. Mr. Heidrich serves on the board of directors
of Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and several private companies. Mr. Heidrich
holds an M.B.A. from Columbia University Graduate School of Business.

  Mark J. Levin has served as a member of our board of directors since November
1991. From November 1991 to March 1992, Mr. Levin served as our Chief Executive
Officer. Since November 1994, he has served as the Chief Executive Officer of
Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and has served as a member of its board of
directors since its inception in 1993 and as its Chairman of the Board since
March 1996. Previously, Mr. Levin was a partner at Mayfield Fund. Mr. Levin
serves on the board of directors of CytoTherapeutics Inc. Mr. Levin holds an
M.S. from Washington University in St. Louis.

  Paul A. Marks, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since
December 1993. Since July 1980, Dr. Marks has served as the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center. Previously, Dr.
Marks was the Vice President for Health Sciences and Director of the Cancer
Center at Columbia University Medical Center. Dr. Marks is a member of the
National Academy of Sciences and the Institute of Medicine and is a Fellow of
the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Dr. Marks serves on the board of
directors of several Dreyfus Mutual Funds. Dr. Marks holds an M.D. from the
College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University.

  Edward R. McCracken has served as a member of our board of directors since
August 1993. From 1984 to 1998, Mr. McCracken served as Chief Executive Officer
of Silicon Graphics, Inc. Before joining Silicon Graphics, Mr. McCracken spent
16 years with Hewlett-Packard Company, where he worked in a variety of senior
management positions. Mr. McCracken serves as Chairman of the Board of The
PRASAD Project, a

                                       56
<PAGE>

charitable foundation, and serves on the board of directors of CustomerCast
Inc., National Semiconductor Corporation and Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company. Mr. McCracken holds an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

  Steven L. McKnight, Ph.D. co-founded Tularik in November 1991 and has served
as a member of our board of directors since inception. From September 1992 to
September 1995, Dr. McKnight served as our Director, Biology. Since January
1997, Dr. McKnight has been a consultant to Tularik. Dr. McKnight has served as
Professor and Chairman of the Department of Biochemistry at the University of
Texas Southwestern Medical Center since 1995. Previously, Dr. McKnight was an
investigator at the Howard Hughes Medical Institute at the Carnegie Institution
of Washington. Dr. McKnight is recognized as one of the world leaders in gene
regulation based in part on his discovery of leucine zipper proteins. Dr.
McKnight is a member of the National Academy of Sciences and the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences. Dr. McKnight holds a Ph.D. in Biology from the
University of Virginia.

  Peter J. Sjostrand, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors
since October 1996. Dr. Sjostrand is a partner of the BZ Group of Switzerland.
From 1975 to 1993, Dr. Sjostrand held various senior management positions at
Astra AB, including Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Regional Director of the Americas. Dr. Sjostrand serves on the board of
directors of Pharma Vision 2000 AG, an investor in Tularik, and AGA AB. Dr.
Sjostrand holds an M.D. from Karolinska Institute in Stockholm, Sweden.

  Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve
until their successors are elected or appointed. There are no family
relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. No director has
a contractual right to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Board Committees

  Audit Committee. Our audit committee, consisting of Mr. Heidrich and Mr.
Levin, reviews our internal accounting procedures and the services provided by
our independent auditors.

  Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee, consisting of Mr.
Swanson, Mr. Heidrich and Mr. McCracken, reviews and recommends to our board of
directors the compensation and benefits of all our officers and establishes and
reviews general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our
employees. Mr. Swanson is currently on a medical leave of absence from our
board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

  During 1998, our compensation committee consisted of Mr. Swanson, Mr.
Heidrich and Mr. McCracken. None of the members of our compensation committee
has at any time been an officer or employee of Tularik. No interlocking
relationship exists between our board of directors or compensation committee
and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company, nor
has any interlocking relationship existed in the past.

Compensation of Directors

  We do not provide cash compensation to members of our board of directors for
serving on our board of directors or for attendance at committee meetings.
Members of our board of directors are reimbursed for some expenses in
connection with attendance at board and committee meetings. In April 1998 and
in April 1999, each of our non-employee directors received an option to
purchase 8,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share
under our 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan. In consideration for
consulting services, we granted Dr. McKnight additional options to purchase an
aggregate of 50,000 shares of common stock, 25,000 shares in each of June 1998
and in June 1999, at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. The $3.00 per share
exercise price for these options was equal to the fair market value of the
common stock on

                                       57
<PAGE>

the date of grant as determined by our compensation committee. These options
vest in a series of equal annual installments beginning on the grant date of
the option and extending through the next four years of service. For more
information, see "Benefit Plans--1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option
Plan."

  In consideration for consulting services, in addition to the options
described above, we pay Dr. McKnight $85,000 per year. Dr. McKnight spends
approximately 20% of his time providing consulting services to Tularik.

  Between January 1995 and February 1998, we forgave $165,968 of the principal
and $24,780 of the interest due on a loan of $240,000 we provided to Dr.
McKnight in June 1992 to cover housing differential costs in connection with
his move to California from another state. In addition, we have paid $153,082
to Dr. McKnight to offset taxable income to him arising as a consequence of our
loan forgiveness. No amounts are due by Dr. McKnight on this loan.

Executive Compensation

  The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation that
we paid during 1998 to our Chief Executive Officer and each of the four other
most highly compensated executive officers that earned more than $100,000
during 1998. All option grants were made under our 1997 Equity Incentive Plan.

                           Summary Compensation Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Annual        Long-Term
                             Compensation    Compensation
                             ------------ ------------------
                                              Securities         All Other
Name and Principal Position   Salary($)   Underlying Options Compensation($)(2)
- ---------------------------  ------------ ------------------ ------------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>                <C>
David V. Goeddel, Ph.D......   $324,077        150,000               $879
 Chief Executive Officer and
  Director

John P. McLaughlin(1).......   $275,000        500,000               $663
 President

Yasunori Kaneko, M.D. ......   $246,671         50,000             $2,924
 Vice President, Business
  Development

Andrew J. Perlman, M.D.,
 Ph.D.......................   $234,231         50,000             $2,988
 Vice President, Medical
  Research and Corporate
  Development

Pieter B.M.W.M. Timmermans,
 Ph.D.......................   $229,538         50,000               $876
 Vice President,
  Pharmacology and
  Preclinical Development
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Mr. McLaughlin resigned as President of Tularik effective as of September
    30, 1999.
(2) Includes term-life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of these named
    executive officers, wellness benefits and taxable travel reimbursement.

                                       58
<PAGE>


  The following table sets forth summary information regarding the option
grants made to our Chief Executive Officer and each of our four other most
highly paid executive officers during 1998. Options granted to purchase shares
of our common stock under our 1997 Equity Incentive Plan are generally
immediately exercisable by the optionee but are subject to a right of
repurchase according to the vesting schedule of each specific grant. In the
event that a purchaser ceases to provide service to Tularik and its affiliates,
we have the right to repurchase any of that person's unvested shares of common
stock at the original option exercise price. The exercise price per share is
equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as
determined by our board of directors. The percentage of total options was
calculated based on options to purchase an aggregate of 1,849,700 shares of
common stock granted to employees under our 1997 Equity Incentive Plan in 1998.
The potential realizable value was calculated based on the ten-year term of the
options and assumed rates of stock appreciation of 5% and 10%, compounded
annually from the date the options were granted to their expiration date based
on the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Twenty-five
percent of the initial option vests on the one year anniversary of employment
and the remainder vest in a series of equal monthly installments beginning on
the one year anniversary of employment and continuing over the next three years
of service. Options granted after the one year anniversary of employment vest
in a series of equal monthly installments beginning from the vesting start date
and continuing over the next four years of service. See "Benefit Plans" for a
description of the material terms of these options.

                             Option Grants in 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Potential
                                                                            Realizable Value
                                                                            at Assumed Annual
                                                                                Rates of
                          Number of   Percent of                               Stock Price
                          Securities Total Options                          Appreciation for
                          Underlying  Granted to    Exercise                   Option Term
                           Options   Employees in     Price    Expiration   -----------------
Name                       Granted    Fiscal Year  (per share)    Date         5%      10%
- ----                      ---------- ------------- ----------- ----------   -------- --------
<S>                       <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>      <C>
David V. Goeddel,
 Ph.D...................   150,000        8.1%        $3.00     6/17/08     $283,003 $717,185
John P. McLaughlin......   500,000       27.0%        $3.00     1/21/08(1)  $149,219 $305,507
Yasunori Kaneko, M.D....    50,000        2.7%        $3.00     6/17/08     $ 94,334 $239,062
Andrew J. Perlman, M.D.,
 Ph.D...................    50,000        2.7%        $3.00     6/17/08     $ 94,334 $239,062
Pieter B.M.W.M.
 Timmermans, Ph.D.......    50,000        2.7%        $3.00     6/17/08     $ 94,334 $239,062
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) In connection with Mr. McLaughlin's resignation, the expiration date for
    250,001 of these options is December 31, 1999. The potential realizable
    value calculations are based upon this expiration date. 249,999 of these
    options were not vested as of September 30, 1999 and may not be exercised.

  The following table sets forth summary information regarding the number and
value of options held as of December 31, 1998 for our Chief Executive Officer
and each of our four most highly compensated executive officers. Our Chief
Executive Officer and each of our four most highly compensated executive
officers did not acquire any shares upon exercise of options in 1998. Amounts
shown in the value of unexercised in-the-money options at December 31, 1998
column are based on the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00,
without taking into account any taxes that may be payable in connection with
the transaction, multiplied by the number of shares underlying the option, less
the aggregate exercise price payable for these shares.

                               1998 Option Values

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Number of Securities
                          Underlying Unexercised        Value of Unexercised
                                Options at             In-the-Money Options at
                             December 31, 1998            December 31, 1998
                          -------------------------   -------------------------
Name                        Vested       Unvested     Exercisable Unexercisable
- ----                      -----------   -----------   ----------- -------------
<S>                       <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
David V. Goeddel,
 Ph.D. .................       493,750       356,250  $8,937,500        --
John P. McLaughlin......       125,001       374,999  $4,500,000        --
Andrew J. Perlman, M.D.,
 Ph.D. .................       129,792       105,208  $2,433,750        --
Yasunori Kaneko, M.D. ..       118,750       131,250  $2,587,500        --
Pieter B.M.W.M.
 Timmermans, Ph.D. .....        22,223        61,110  $  749,997        --
</TABLE>


                                       59
<PAGE>

Benefit Plans

  Since 1991, we have established four plans under which employees, officers,
non-employee directors and consultants may purchase or receive common stock
through incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock
and stock bonuses. These plans are the 1991 Stock Plan, the 1997 Equity
Incentive Plan, 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan and the 1999
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, we have established two defined
contribution plans that are intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of
the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. They are the Tularik Salary Savings Plan
and the Tularik Matching Plan.

  Long Term Incentive Plans

  1991 Stock Plan. In November 1991, we adopted our 1991 Stock Plan. Our board
subsequently amended the 1991 plan in 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996,
and the stockholders approved these amendments. The 1991 plan will terminate in
November 2001 unless it is terminated earlier by our board.

  The 1991 plan provides for the grant of stock awards, including:

  . incentive stock options, as defined by Section 422 of the Code that may
    be granted solely to employees (including officers); and
  . nonstatutory stock options (stock options other than incentive stock
    options) and restricted stock purchase awards that may be granted to
    employees (including officers) and consultants.

  Stock Options. Stock options are granted subject to stock option agreements.
The exercise price for an incentive stock option cannot be less than 100% of
the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The exercise
price for a nonstatutory stock option cannot be less than 85% of the fair
market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under
the 1991 plan vest at the rate specified in the option agreement.

  In general, the term of stock options granted under the 1991 plan may not
exceed ten years. Unless the terms of an optionee's stock option agreement
provide for earlier termination, in the event an optionee's service
relationship with us, or any affiliate of ours, ceases due to disability or
death, the optionee (or his beneficiary) may exercise any vested options up to
12 months after the date this service relationship ends. If an optionee's
relationship with us, or any affiliate of ours, ceases for any reason other
than disability or death, the optionee may (unless the terms of the stock
option agreement provide for earlier termination) exercise any vested options
up to ninety days from cessation of service.

  Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued under the
1991 plan is determined by our board of directors and may include cash, common
stock previously owned by the optionee, a deferred payment arrangement,
surrender of a portion of the option covering common stock having a fair market
value equal to the exercise price of all of the option, directions to a broker
to sell the common stock and deliver the exercise price from the sale proceeds,
an irrevocable subscription agreement obligating the optionee to pay for the
common stock within twelve months, and any other legal consideration approved
by our board.

  Generally, an optionee may not transfer a stock option other than by will or
the laws of descent or distribution. However, an optionee may designate a
beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionee's death.

  Tax Limitations on Stock Option Grants. Under current tax laws, incentive
stock options may be granted only to our employees. The aggregate fair market
value, determined at the time of grant, of shares of our common stock with
respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by
an optionee during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not
exceed $100,000. No incentive stock option (and prior to our stock being
publicly traded, no nonstatutory stock option) may be granted to any person
who, at the

                                       60
<PAGE>

time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of
the total combined voting power of Tularik or any affiliate unless the
following conditions are satisfied:

  . the option exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value
    of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant; and
  . the term of any incentive stock option award must not exceed five years
    from the date of grant.

  Restricted Stock Awards. The purchase price for each restricted stock award
granted must be at least 50% of the fair market value of the stock on the date
of the award or at the time the purchase is consummated. The restricted stock
award may be exercised for a period not to exceed 30 days from the date of the
grant of the right. The restricted stock awards may be subject to a right of
repurchase given to Tularik under the terms of the restricted stock award
grant.

  Changes in Control. Upon specified changes in control of Tularik as provided
under the 1991 plan, all outstanding options under the 1991 plan either will be
assumed or substituted for by any surviving entity or its parent or subsidiary
corporation, if any. For stock options granted prior to January 4, 1992, if the
surviving entity or its parent or subsidiary corporation, if any, determines
not to assume or substitute the options, the board of directors shall provide
for the options to be fully exercisable for a period of 15 days from the date
of notice. If the board of directors makes the options fully exercisable for
this 15-day period, the options will terminate at the end of this period.

  Authorized Shares. An aggregate of 11,576,667 shares of common stock were
authorized for issuance under the 1991 plan. As of September 30, 1999, options
to purchase a total of 1,961,729 shares of our common stock were held by all
participants under the 1991 plan. As of September 30, 1999, a total of
2,100,000 shares of our common stock were purchased under restricted stock
awards. No shares of our common stock remained available for grant. Shares
subject to stock options that have expired or otherwise terminated without
having been exercised in full again become available for the grant of awards
under the 1991 plan. Shares issued under the 1991 plan may be previously
unissued shares or reacquired shares of common stock.

  Plan Administration. Our board of directors administers the 1991 plan. Our
board of directors may delegate authority to administer the 1991 plan to a
committee of our board of directors. Subject to the terms of the plan, our
board of directors or its authorized committee determines recipients, the
numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, and the terms and conditions
of the stock awards including the period of their exercisability and vesting.
Subject to the plan limitations, our board of directors or its authorized
committee also determines the exercise price of options granted and the right
to purchase restricted stock.

  Our board of directors or its designated committee may, in its sole
discretion, include additional provisions in any option or award granted or
made under the 1991 plan that are not inconsistent with the 1991 plan or
applicable law. Our board of directors or its designated committee may also, in
its sole discretion, accelerate or extend the date or dates on which all or any
particular option or options granted under the 1991 plan may be exercised. In
the event of a decline in the value of our common stock, our board of directors
or its designated committee has the authority to offer optionees the
opportunity to replace outstanding higher priced options with new lower priced
options.

  1997 Equity Incentive Plan. In March 1997, we adopted our 1997 Equity
Incentive Plan. The 1997 plan will terminate in March 2007 unless our board of
directors terminates it sooner.

  The 1997 plan provides for the grant of stock awards, including:

  . incentive stock options, as defined in Section 422 of the Code, that may
    be granted solely to employees (including officers); and
  . nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock purchase awards and stock
    bonuses that may be granted to employees (including officers), non-
    employee directors and consultants.


                                       61
<PAGE>


  Stock Options. Stock options are granted subject to stock option agreements.
The exercise price for an incentive stock option cannot be less than 100% of
the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The exercise
price for a nonstatutory stock option cannot be less than 85% of the fair
market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under
the 1997 plan vest at the rate specified in the option agreement.

  In general, the term of stock options granted under the 1997 plan may not
exceed ten years. Unless the terms of an optionee's stock option agreement
provide for earlier termination, in the event an optionee's service
relationship with us, or any affiliate of ours, ceases due to disability or
death, the optionee (or his beneficiary) may exercise any vested options up to
twelve months (eighteen months in the event of death) after the date this
service relationship ends. If an optionee's relationship with us, or any
affiliate of ours, ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the
optionee may (unless the terms of the stock option agreement provide for
earlier termination) exercise any vested options up to 90 days from cessation
of service.

  Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued under the
equity 1997 plan is determined by our board of directors and may include cash,
common stock previously owned by the optionee, a deferred payment arrangement
and other legal consideration approved by our board of directors.

  Generally, an optionee may not transfer a stock option other than by will or
the laws of descent or distribution unless the optionee holds a nonstatutory
stock option that provides otherwise. However, an optionee may designate a
beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionee's death.

  Tax Limitations on Stock Option Grants. Under current tax laws, incentive
stock options may be granted only to our employees. The aggregate fair market
value, determined at the time of grant, of shares of our common stock with
respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by
an optionee during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not
exceed $100,000. No incentive stock option (and prior to our stock being
publicly traded, no nonstatutory stock option) may be granted to any person
who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of Tularik or any affiliate unless
the following conditions are satisfied:

  . the option exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value
    of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant; and
  . the term of any incentive stock option award must not exceed five years
    from the date of grant.

  Section 162(m). When we become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code (which
generally denies a corporate tax deduction to publicly held corporations for
some compensation paid to specified employees in a taxable year to the extent
that the compensation exceeds $1,000,000 and is not paid based on performance),
no person may be granted options under the 1997 plan covering more than
1,000,000 shares of common stock in any calendar year. In the event that our
board of directors exercises its authority to reprice outstanding options or to
offer optionees the opportunity to replace outstanding options with new options
for the same or a different number of shares, then both the original and new
options will count toward the Section 162(m) limitation.

  Restricted Stock and Stock Bonus Awards. Prior to our stock being publicly
traded, the purchase price for each restricted stock award granted must be at
least 85% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of the award or at
the time the purchase is consummated. For restricted stock awards made on or
after the date that our stock is publicly traded, the purchase price for these
awards must be at least 50% of the fair market value of the stock on the date
of the award or at the time the purchase is consummated. Rights to acquire
shares under a stock bonus or restricted stock bonus agreement may not be
transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and
are exercisable during the life of the optionee only by the optionee. Some
restricted stock awards made following the completion of this offering may be
otherwise transferable if the stock bonus agreement so provides. Restricted
stock purchase awards granted under the 1997 plan may include a repurchase
option in favor of Tularik that varies according to a service vesting schedule
determined by our board of directors. Stock bonuses may be awarded in
consideration for past services without a purchase payment.

                                       62
<PAGE>

  Changes in Control. Under specified changes in control, all outstanding
options under the 1997 plan either will be assumed, continued or substituted
for by any surviving entity. If the surviving entity does not assume, continue
or substitute for these awards, the vesting provisions of these stock awards
will be accelerated and these stock awards will be terminated upon the change
in control if not previously exercised.

  Authorized Shares. An aggregate of 4,618,038 shares of common stock currently
are authorized for issuance under the 1997 plan. As of September 30, 1999,
options to purchase a total of 3,824,274 shares of our common stock were held
by all participants under the 1997 plan. A total of 304,112 shares of our
common stock remain available for grant. Shares subject to stock options that
have expired or otherwise terminated without having been exercised in full
again become available for the grant of awards under the 1997 plan. The share
reserve automatically will increase on December 31 every year through 2002 by a
number equal to 3.5% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock.
Shares issued under the 1997 plan may be previously unissued shares or
reacquired shares bought on the market or otherwise. No more than 2,000,000
shares of our common stock may be issued on the exercise of incentive stock
options during the term of the 1997 plan.

  Plan Administration. Our board of directors administers the 1997 plan. Our
board of directors may delegate authority to administer the 1997 plan to a
committee. Subject to the terms of the plan, our board of directors or its
authorized committee determines recipients, the numbers and types of stock
awards to be granted, and the terms and conditions of the stock awards
including the period of their exercisability and vesting. Subject to the plan
limitations, our board or its authorized committee also determines the exercise
price of options granted and the right to purchase restricted stock.

  Our board of directors or its designated committee may, in its sole
discretion, include additional provisions in any option or award granted or
made under the 1997 plan that are not inconsistent with the 1997 plan or
applicable law. Our board of directors or its designated committee may also, in
its sole discretion, accelerate or extend the date or dates on which all or any
particular option or options granted under the 1997 plan may be exercised. In
the event of a decline in the value of our common stock, our board of directors
or its designated committee has the authority to offer optionees the
opportunity to replace outstanding higher priced options with new lower priced
options.

  1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan. In January 1997, the
compensation committee of our board of directors adopted our 1997 Non-Employee
Directors' Stock Option Plan to provide for the automatic grant of options to
purchase shares of common stock to non-employee directors of Tularik. Our board
of directors administers the directors' plan, unless it delegates
administration to a committee. The maximum number of shares of common stock
that may be issued following exercise of options granted under the directors'
plan is 300,000.

  Initial Grants. Under the terms of the directors' plan, each person serving
as a director of Tularik who is not an employee of Tularik and not already a
holder of one or more options to purchase stock of Tularik, is automatically
granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock effective on the
later of the approval of the directors' plan by the stockholders or the date
the director first becomes a member of our board.

  Annual Grants. In addition, on the date of Tularik's annual meeting of
stockholders, each non-employee director who was a director on the last day of
the prior calendar year will automatically be granted an option to purchase
8,000 shares of common stock.

  Vesting and Exercise Terms. Options under the directors' plan vest within
four years from the date of grant. The exercise price of options granted under
the directors' plan must equal the fair market value of the common stock on the
date of grant. No option granted under the directors' plan may be exercised
after the expiration of ten years from the date it was granted. Generally,
options granted under the directors' plan may only be transferable by will, the
laws of descent and distribution or for specified estate planning purposes. The
directors' plan will terminate at the discretion of our board of directors.

                                       63
<PAGE>


  Change In Control. Under specified changes in control, all outstanding
options under the directors' plan either will be assumed or substituted for by
any surviving entity. If the surviving entity does not assume or substitute for
these awards, the vesting provisions of the options will be accelerated and the
options will be terminated upon the change in control if not previously
exercised.

  1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In November 1999, we adopted our 1999
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, authorizing the issuance of common stock through
purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of our affiliates, if
any. The purchase plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase
plan within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. As of the date hereof, no
shares of common stock had been issued or purchased under the purchase plan.
The terms of the purchase plan are set forth in the purchase plan document and
each offering under the purchase plan.

  The purchase plan provides a means by which employees may purchase our common
stock through payroll deductions. The purchase plan is implemented by offerings
of rights to eligible employees. Generally, all employees of Tularik or one of
its affiliates, including executive officers, who are not part-time or seasonal
employees whose customary employment is less than 20 hours per week or whose
customary employment is less than 5 months per calendar year, may participate
in the purchase plan and may authorize payroll deductions of up to 15% of their
earnings for the purchase of common stock under the purchase plan. Under the
plan, we may specify offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and
may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. The first offering
will begin on the effective date of this offering and be approximately 25 1/2
months in duration. Subsequent offering periods will begin on each February 1st
and continue for a duration of 24 months. Purchases will occur each February
1st and August 1st.

  The purchase plan provides that employees may generally be required to
complete at least 90 days and not more than 2 years of employment with Tularik
or one of its affiliates in order to participate in the plan. Initially,
eligible employees may generally participate in the purchase plan only after
completing 90 days of employment with Tularik or one of its affiliates.
However, otherwise eligible employees who have not completed 90 days of
employment but are employed with Tularik or one of its affiliate as of the
effective date of the initial public offering shall be eligible to participate
on the effective date of the initial public offering provided they remain in
employment through the first purchase date under the purchase plan.

  Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock is
purchased for accounts of employees participating in the purchase plan at a
price per share equal to the lower of:

  . 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date
    of commencement of participation in the offering; or
  . 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date
    of purchase.

  On the first day of an offering period, we will grant to each eligible
employee who has elected to participate in the purchase plan an option to
purchase shares of common stock as follows: the employee may authorize an
amount (a whole percentage from 1% to 15% of the employee's regular pay) to be
deducted by Tularik from his or her pay during the offering period. On the last
day of the offering period, the employee is deemed to have exercised the
option, at the option exercise price, to the extent of accumulated payroll
deductions. For this purpose, an employee's regular pay shall include his or
her base salary, contributions to the Tularik Salary Savings Plan, overtime
pay, commissions and bonuses, but shall exclude other remuneration paid
directly to the employee, profit-sharing payments, employee benefits, imputed
income on employee benefits, employee expense reimbursements and income
received in connection with stock options.

  If an employee is not a participant on the last day of the offering period,
the employee is not entitled to exercise any option, and the amount of the
employee's accumulated payroll deductions will be refunded. An employee's
rights under the purchase plan terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the
purchase plan at any time, or when this employee ceases employment for any
reason, except that upon termination of employment because of death, the
employee's beneficiary has specified rights to elect to exercise the option to
purchase the shares that the accumulated payroll deductions in the
participant's account would purchase at the date of death.

                                       64
<PAGE>


  Limitations. Eligible employees may be granted rights only if the rights,
together with any other rights granted under any other employee stock purchase
plans, do not permit the employee to purchase our common stock at a rate which
exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of this stock for each calendar year
in which these rights are outstanding. No employee shall be eligible for the
grant of any rights under the purchase plan if immediately after these rights
are granted, the employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding
capital stock (measured by vote or value).

  Authorized shares. The purchase plan authorizes the issuance of a total of
500,000 shares of common stock under the purchase plan. This reserve amount
will be increased each January 1 beginning January 1, 2001 by the lesser of
500,000 shares of common stock or 1% of the number of shares of common stock
outstanding on that date. However, our board of directors has the authority to
designate a smaller number of shares by which the authorized number of shares
of common stock will be increased on that date.

  Administration. Our board of directors administers the purchase plan. Our
board of directors may delegate authority to administer the purchase plan to a
committee that shall have the authority of our board of directors to adopt
resolutions governing the purchase plan.

  Tax Qualified Plans. We sponsor the Tularik Salary Savings Plan and Matching
Plan as discussed below:

  Savings Plan. Our savings plan, effective October 1, 1993, is intended to be
a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Subsections 401(a) and 401(k)
of the Code. All employees are eligible to participate and may enter the 401(k)
plan as of their date of hire and on the first day of any month thereafter.
Each participant may contribute up to 20% of his or her pre-tax compensation to
the savings plan, subject to statutorily prescribed annual limits. Each
participant's contributions, and the corresponding investment earnings, are
generally not taxable to the participants until withdrawn. Employee
contributions are held in trust and invested by the savings plan trustee as
required by law. Individual participants may direct the trustee to invest their
accounts in authorized investment alternatives.

  Matching Plan. Our matching plan, effective January 1, 1998, is intended to
be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Subsections 401(a) and
401(m) of the Code. All employees are eligible to participate and may enter the
matching plan as of the date they become eligible to participate in the savings
plan. Each participant who makes pre-tax contributions to the savings plan is
eligible to have a matching contribution in common stock made by Tularik to his
or her matching plan account in an amount up to 50% of the participant's
savings plan contribution with a maximum employee contribution of $1,500 per
year, subject to statutorily prescribed annual limits. We may make additional
discretionary contributions for all participants to the matching plan. Each
participant's contributions, and the corresponding investment earnings, are
generally not taxable to the participants until withdrawn. Participant
contributions are held in trust as required by law. Individual participants may
direct the trustee to invest their accounts in authorized investment
alternatives.

Limitations of Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers

  In connection with the consummation of the offerings, we will adopt and file
an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated
bylaws. As permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation provides that no director will be personally liable to us or our
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability:

  . for any breach of duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;
  . for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional
    misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
  . for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or
    redemptions under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
  . for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
    benefit.

                                       65
<PAGE>

  Our certificate of incorporation further provides that we must indemnify our
directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

  In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that:

  . we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest
    extent permitted by Delaware law, subject to limited exceptions;
  . we may indemnify our other employees and agents to the extent that we
    indemnify our officers and directors, unless otherwise prohibited by law,
    our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws or
    agreements;
  . we are required to advance expenses to our directors and executive
    officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them
    for which they may be indemnified; and
  . the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

  We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors
and officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify
each director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law,
including indemnification for expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments,
fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or officer in any action
or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of Tularik, arising out
of the person's services as a director or officer of Tularik, any subsidiary of
ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services
at our request. At present, we are not aware of any pending or threatened
litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or
agents in which indemnification would be required or permitted. We believe that
our charter provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract
and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment Agreements

  At the time of commencement of employment, our employees generally sign offer
letters specifying basic terms and conditions of employment. In general, our
employees are not subject to written employment agreements. Each officer and
employee has entered into a standard form confidential information and
invention assignment agreement that provides that the employee will not
disclose any confidential information of Tularik received during the course of
employment and that, with some exceptions, the employee will assign to Tularik
any and all inventions conceived or developed during the course of employment.

  In October 1999, we entered into an agreement with John P. McLaughlin, our
former President. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. McLaughlin will receive
his salary and health benefits through December 31, 1999 and may receive his
salary and health benefits through June 30, 2000 if he does not secure
alternate employment prior to that date. In addition, the vesting of options to
purchase 37,500 shares of common stock was accelerated. We provided Mr.
McLaughlin with a one-year loan in the principal amount of $787,503 at an
annual interest rate of 5.54%, in exchange for a promissory note secured by a
pledge of 262,501 shares of common stock.

                                       66
<PAGE>

                           RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  Stock option grants to our executive officers and directors are described in
this prospectus under the heading "Management--Compensation of Directors, --
Executive Compensation and --Employment Agreements."

  From January 1, 1996 through September 30, 1999, the following executive
officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities
purchased securities in the amounts and as of the dates shown below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Series F  Series G
                                                            Preferred Preferred
Purchaser                                      Common Stock   Stock     Stock
- ---------                                      ------------ --------- ---------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>       <C>
Directors and Executive Officers(1)
David V. Goeddel, Ph.D. ....................        550,001       --        --
John P. McLaughlin..........................            --        --        --
Yasunori Kaneko, M.D. ......................        200,000       --        --
Corinne H. Lyle.............................            --        --        --
Andrew J. Perlman, M.D., Ph.D. .............        100,000       --        --
William J. Rieflin..........................        183,334       --        --
Terry J. Rosen..............................         63,000       --        --
Pieter B.M.W.M. Timmermans, Ph.D. ..........        116,667       --        --
Robert A. Swanson...........................        308,000       --        --
A. Grant Heidrich, III......................            --        --        --
Mark J. Levin...............................            --        --        --
Paul A. Marks, M.D. ........................         33,000       --        --
Edward R. McCracken.........................            --        --        --
Steven L. McKnight, Ph.D. ..................            --        --        --
Peter J. Sjostrand, M.D. ...................            --        --        --

Entities Affiliated with Directors(1)
Mayfield Fund(2)............................            --        --        --
Pharma Vision 2000 AG(3)....................            --  3,280,000 5,000,000

Price Per Share(4).......................... $0.40 to $3.00 $   10.00 $   10.25
Date(s) of Purchase.........................      1/96-9/99     10/96     12/97
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) See "Principal Stockholders" for more detail on shares held by these
    purchasers.

(2) The entities affiliated with Mayfield Fund are Mayfield Associates,
    Mayfield Medical Partners and Mayfield VI. Mr. Heidrich, one of our
    directors, is a general partner of Mayfield Associates and of Mayfield VI
    Management Partners. Mayfield VI Management Partners is the general partner
    of Mayfield VI. Mayfield VI is a general partner of Mayfield Medical
    Partners. Mr. Levin, one of our directors, is a general partner of Mayfield
    Medical Partners.

(3) Dr. Goeddel, our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors, is a
    director of Pharma Vision. Dr. Sjostrand, a member of our board of
    directors, is a director of Pharma Vision.

(4) The weighted average price per share for these purchases of our common
    stock as of September 30, 1999 was $1.75.

  We have entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement
with each of the purchasers of preferred stock shown above. This agreement and
additional similar agreements provide that these and other stockholders will
have registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock issuable
upon conversion of their preferred stock following the offerings.

  We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and
certain officers for the indemnification and advancement of expenses to these
persons to the fullest extent permitted by law. We also

                                       67
<PAGE>

intend to enter into those agreements with our future directors and officers.
See "Limitation of Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers."

  In June 1996, we entered into an agreement with Mr. Swanson under which the
1987 Swanson Family Trust, a trust affiliated with Mr. Swanson, purchased
300,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.75 per share.
According to the terms of the stock purchase agreement, if Mr. Swanson ceases
to serve as a director of Tularik before June 2001, we have the right to
repurchase at the original purchase price a number of shares calculated using a
formula based on the number of days of Mr. Swanson's service as a director to
us over a four-year period.

  In May 1997, we loaned Mr. Rieflin $250,000 that he used in connection with
relocating to California from another state. Mr. Rieflin has repaid the full
amount that was due on this loan. The loan was interest free and was secured by
a pledge of Mr. Rieflin's shares of our common stock.

  In November 1997, we loaned Mr. Rieflin $94,132 that he used to cover housing
differential costs in his move to California from another state. We have
forgiven $23,533 of the principal of this loan and will forgive an additional
$23,533 each November if Mr. Rieflin continues as an employee of Tularik
through that date. Mr. Rieflin has not repaid any amount due on this loan. The
loan bears interest at a rate of 6.10% per year, is secured by a pledge of Mr.
Rieflin's shares of our common stock and is due on November 14, 2001.

  We believe that all of the transactions discussed above were made on terms no
less favorable to us than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third
parties. All future transactions, including loans, between us and our officers,
directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates will be approved by a
majority of our board of directors, including a majority of the independent and
disinterested directors, and will be on terms no less favorable to us than
could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

  Pharma Vision, which is our largest stockholder and owns 23.5% of our
outstanding stock, has expressed an interest in acquiring directly from us
concurrently with the offerings additional shares of common stock that would
allow it to maintain its percentage ownership. Pharma Vision would purchase
1,468,750 shares of common stock, and if the underwriters exercised the over-
allotment options in full, Pharma Vision would purchase an additional 220,313
shares of common stock. Any sales of shares by us to Pharma Vision would be
made under a separate purchase agreement between us and Pharma Vision
containing customary terms. All shares to be sold to Pharma Vision under this
agreement would be sold at the public offering price shown on the cover page of
this prospectus. These shares would be sold through the registration statement
of which this prospectus is a part and would not be subject to any lock-up
agreement with us or the underwriters. The underwriters would not receive any
discounts or commissions on the sale of these shares.

  BZ Bank Limited, an affiliate of Pharma Vision, is one of the international
managers of the offering. Please see discussion under "Underwriting."

                                       68
<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

  The following table provides summary information regarding the beneficial
ownership of our outstanding common stock as of September 30, 1999 for:

  . each person or group who beneficially owns more than 5% of our common
    stock;
  . our chief executive officer;
  . each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers whose
    compensation exceeded $100,000 during 1998;
  . each of our directors; and
  . all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

  Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes any shares over which
a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Except as
indicated by footnote, and subject to applicable community property laws, each
person identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power with
respect to all shares of common stock held by them. Shares of common stock
subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of
September 30, 1999 and not subject to repurchase as of that date are deemed
outstanding for calculating the percentage of outstanding shares of the person
holding these options, but are not deemed outstanding for calculating the
percentage of any other person. Applicable percentage ownership in the
following table is based on 35,271,375 shares of common stock outstanding as of
September 30, 1999, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding
shares of preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of the offerings,
and 41,521,375 shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the
completion of the public offerings and the direct offering to Pharma Vision.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the named individuals is c/o
Tularik Inc., Two Corporate Drive, South San Francisco, California 94080.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Amount and Nature of Shares Beneficially Owned as of September 30, 1999
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     Percent of Total Outstanding
                                                                   Shares Issuable     Shares Beneficially Owned
                                                 Shares Subject to Under  Options  ---------------------------------
                                     Outstanding    a Right of       Exercisable      Before the       After the
                                      Shares of  Repurchase as of  within 60 Days  Public Offerings Public Offerings
                                       Common      September 30,    of September       and the          and the
Name                                  Stock(1)        1999(2)         30, 1999     Direct Offering  Direct Offering
- ----                                 ----------- ----------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>               <C>             <C>              <C>
Pharma Vision 2000 AG(3)...........   8,280,000           --                --           23.5             23.5
 Spielhof 3
 8750 Glaris Switzerland
Entities affiliated with Mayfield
 Fund(4)...........................   3,966,474           --                --           11.2              9.6
 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 250
 Menlo Park, CA 94025
David V. Goeddel, Ph.D.(5).........   9,658,125       171,876           549,999          29.0             28.3
John P. McLaughlin.................         --            --            225,001             *                *
Yasunori Kaneko, M.D.(6)...........     395,000           --            275,000           1.9              1.6
Andrew J. Perlman, M.D., Ph.D.(7)..     270,000           --            205,000           1.3              1.1
Pieter B.M.W.M. Timmermans, Ph.D...      77,778        38,889           133,333             *                *
Robert A. Swanson(8)...............     341,195       109,000            56,000           1.4              1.2
A. Grant Heidrich, III(9)..........   3,966,474           --             41,000          11.3              9.6
Mark J. Levin(10)..................     479,818           --             99,000           1.6              1.4
Edward R. McCracken................         --            --             89,000             *                *
Steven L. McKnight, Ph.D.(11)......     784,751         6,249           399,000           3.3              2.8
Paul A. Marks, M.D. ...............      64,313         8,687            16,000             *                *
Peter J. Sjostrand, M.D.(12).......   8,280,000           --             49,000          23.6             23.6
All executive officers and
 directors as a group (15
 people)(13).......................  15,775,844       387,827         2,745,999          49.7             42.7
</TABLE>
- --------
  * Less than one percent (1%).
 (1) Excludes shares of common stock subject to a right of repurchase as of
     September 30, 1999.

                                       69
<PAGE>

 (2) The unvested portion of the shares of common stock is subject to a right
     of repurchase by us, at the original option exercise price, in the event
     the holder ceases to provide service to us and our affiliates. The option
     exercise prices range from $0.025 to $3.00. See "Management--Executive
     Compensation" for more detail on our right to repurchase.

 (3) Pharma Vision has expressed an interest in acquiring directly from us
     concurrent with the public offerings additional shares of common stock
     that would allow it to maintain its percentage ownership. The percentage
     of total outstanding shares beneficially owned by Pharma Vision after the
     public offerings and the direct offering includes 1,468,750 shares that
     may be purchased by Pharma Vision in the direct offering. See "Related
     Party Transactions" for more detail on the direct offering.

 (4) Includes 158,659 shares held by Mayfield Associates, 479,818 shares held
     by Mayfield Medical Partners and 3,327,997 shares held by Mayfield VI.
     Mayfield VI Management Partners is the general partner of Mayfield VI and
     Mayfield VI is a general partner of Mayfield Medical Partners. Mr.
     Heidrich is a general partner of Mayfield Associates and of Mayfield VI
     Management Partners. Mr. Levin is a general partner of Mayfield Medical
     Partners.

 (5) Includes 8,280,000 shares held by Pharma Vision and 1,468,750 shares that
     may be purchased by Pharma Vision in the direct offering. Dr. Goeddel is a
     director of Pharma Vision and disclaims beneficial ownership of these
     shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in these shares.
     Does not include 240,000 shares held in trust for Dr. Goeddel's children,
     for which Dr. Goeddel is not the trustee and disclaims beneficial
     ownership.

 (6) Includes 200,000 shares held in trust for the Kaneko Family Trust for
     which Dr. Kaneko disclaims beneficial ownership. Does not include 40,000
     shares held in trust for Dr. Kaneko's minor children, for which Dr. Kaneko
     is not the trustee and disclaims beneficial ownership.

 (7) Includes 195,000 shares held in trust for the Perlman/Gardner Family Trust
     for which Dr. Perlman disclaims beneficial ownership. Does not include
     30,000 shares held in trust for Dr. Perlman's minor children, for which
     Dr. Perlman is not the trustee and disclaims beneficial ownership.

 (8) Includes 308,000 shares held by an irrevocable trust of which Mr. Swanson
     is trustee and 142,195 shares held by a partnership affiliated with Mr.
     Swanson.

 (9) Includes 158,659 shares held by Mayfield Associates, 479,818 shares held
     by Mayfield Medical Partners and 3,327,997 shares held by Mayfield VI. Mr.
     Heidrich is a general partner of Mayfield Associates and of Mayfield VI
     Management Partners. Mayfield VI Management Partners is the general
     partner of Mayfield VI and Mayfield VI is a general partner of Mayfield
     Medical Partners. Mr. Heidrich disclaims beneficial ownership of these
     shares except to the extent of his proportionate partnership interest in
     these shares.

(10) Includes 479,818 shares held by Mayfield Medical Partners. Mr. Levin is a
     general partner of Mayfield Medical Partners and disclaims beneficial
     ownership of these shares except to the extent of his proportionate
     partnership interest in these shares.

(11) Includes 200,000 shares held in trust for Dr. McKnight's minor children
     and 206,000 shares held in trust for the Steven L. McKnight Exempt Family
     Trust. Dr. McKnight disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.

(12) Includes 8,280,000 shares held by Pharma Vision. The percentage of total
     outstanding shares beneficially owned after the public offerings and the
     direct offering includes 1,468,750 shares that may be purchased by Pharma
     Vision in the direct offering. Dr. Sjostrand is a director of Pharma
     Vision and disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the
     extent of his pecuniary interest in these shares.

(13) Includes shares described in the notes above, as applicable.

                                       70
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  Upon the closing of the offerings and the filing of our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of 65
million shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, and five million shares of
preferred stock, $0.001 par value.

Common Stock

  As of September 30, 1999, there were 35,271,375 shares of common stock
outstanding that were held of record by approximately 374 stockholders after
giving effect to the conversion of our preferred stock into common stock at a
one-to-one ratio. There will be 41,521,375 shares of common stock outstanding
(assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment options and no
exercise of outstanding options) after giving effect to the sale of the shares
of common stock offered by this prospectus.

  The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters
submitted to a vote of our stockholders and do not have cumulative voting
rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock
entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors
standing for election. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any
preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of
common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends out of assets
legally available therefor as our board of directors may from time to time
determine. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Tularik, holders of
our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after
payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding
shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or
conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or
sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares
of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

  According to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board
of directors will have the authority, without further action by the
stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, in one or
more series. Our board shall determine the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion
rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking
fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation
of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could diminish voting power of
holders of common stock, and the likelihood that holders of preferred stock
will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation may have the
effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Tularik,
which could depress the market price of our common stock. We have no present
plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights of Stockholders

  Upon completion of the offerings, holders of an aggregate of 26,953,539
shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,015,091
shares of common stock will be entitled to rights to register these shares
under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under an Investor Rights
Agreement, dated October 31, 1997, under an Amended and Restated Registration
Rights Agreement, dated August 15, 1999, and under agreements with similar
registration rights. If we propose to register any of our securities under the
Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of others, the
holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and are
entitled to include, at our expense, their shares of common stock in the
registration and any related underwriting, provided, among other conditions,
that the underwriters may limit the number of shares to be included in the
registration and in some cases, including this offering, exclude these shares
entirely. In addition, the holders of these shares may require us, at our
expense and on not more than two occasions at any time beginning six months
from the date of the closing of the offerings, to file a registration statement
under the Securities Act with respect to their shares of common stock, and we
will be required to use our best efforts to effect the registration. Further,
the holders may require us at our expense to register their shares on Form S-3
when this form becomes available.


                                       71
<PAGE>

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law and Charter Provisions

  Until November 2000, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly-held Delaware
corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder
became an interested stockholder unless:

  . prior to that date, our board of directors approved either the business
    combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming
    an interested stockholder;

  . upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder
    becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at
    least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time
    the transaction commenced, excluding those shares owned by persons who
    are directors and also officers, and by employee stock plans in which
    shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange
    offer; or

  . on or subsequent to that date, the business combination is approved by
    our board of directors and is authorized at an annual or special meeting
    of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of
    at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the
    interested stockholder.

  Section 203 defines "business combination" to include:

  . any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested
    stockholder;
  . any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested
    stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;
  . subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or
    transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the
    interested stockholder; and
  . the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans,
    advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or
    through the corporation.

  In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or
person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or
controlled by the entity or person.

  Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires that upon
completion of the public offerings, any action required or permitted to be
taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special
meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by a consent in writing.
Additionally, our certificate of incorporation:

  . substantially limits the use of cumulative voting in the election of
    directors;
  . provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by
    resolution of our board of directors; and
  . authorizes our board of directors to issue blank check preferred stock to
    increase the amount of outstanding shares.

  Our amended and restated bylaws provide that candidates for director may be
nominated only by our board of directors or by a stockholder who gives written
notice to us no later than 60 days prior nor earlier than 90 days prior to the
first anniversary of the last annual meeting of stockholders. The authorized
number of directors is fixed by our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation. Our board of directors currently consists of eight members, who
will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders. Our board of
directors may appoint new directors to fill vacancies or newly created
directorships. Our bylaws also limit who may call a special meeting of
stockholders.

  Delaware law and these charter provisions may have the effect of deterring
hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of our management, which could
depress the market price of our common stock.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

  The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is Norwest Bank
Minnesota N.A.

                                       72
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  Prior to the offerings, there has been no public market for our common stock.
Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market
could reduce prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since no shares will be
available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal
restrictions on resale as described below, sales of substantial amounts of our
common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse could
adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity
capital in the future.

  Upon completion of the public offerings and the direct offering to Pharma
Vision, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 41,521,375 shares of common
stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and no
exercise of outstanding options or warrants after September 30, 1999. Of these
shares, all of the shares sold in the public offerings and the direct offering
will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the
Securities Act, unless these shares are purchased by affiliates. The remaining
35,271,375 shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are restricted
securities. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if
registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration described
below under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

  As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the
provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701, the restricted shares will be
available for sale in the public market as follows:

  . 2,144,474 shares will be eligible for sale upon completion of the
    offerings;
  . 424,249 shares will be eligible for sale beginning 90 days after the date
    of this prospectus;
  . 32,704,652 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the
    lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of
    this prospectus; and
  . 3,709,202 shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested
    options 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

  Lock-Up Agreements. All of our officers, directors and some of our
stockholders and option holders have agreed not to transfer or dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock,
for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Transfers
or dispositions can be made sooner only with the prior written consent of
Lehman Brothers Inc. Shares purchased by Pharma Vision in the direct offering
would not be subject to any lock-up agreement with the underwriters or us.

  Rule 144. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90
days after the date of this prospectus a person or persons whose shares are
aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one
year, including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate,
would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that
does not exceed the greater of:

  . 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which
    will equal approximately 415,214 shares immediately after the offerings;
    or
  . the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq
    National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a
    notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice
requirements and to the availability of current public information about
Tularik.

  Rule 144(k). Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one
of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years,
including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate, is
entitled to sell these shares without complying with the manner of sale, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. 16,205,022
shares of our common stock will qualify as "144(k) shares" within 180 days
after the date of this prospectus.

  Rule 701. In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in
effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors, other than affiliates,
who purchases or receives shares from us in connection with a

                                       73
<PAGE>

compensatory stock purchase plan or option plan or other written agreement will
be eligible to resell their shares beginning 90 days after the date of this
prospectus, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144, and by
affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its holding period
requirements.

  Registration Rights. Upon completion of this offering, the holders of
26,953,539 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled
to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities
Act. Registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in
these shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities
Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the
effectiveness of this registration.

  Stock Options. Following the offerings, we intend to file a registration
statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common
stock reserved for issuance under our 1991 Stock Plan, 1997 Equity Incentive
Plan and 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that will become effective upon
filing. Accordingly, shares registered under that registration statement will,
subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, be available
for sale in the open market after the filing, except those shares subject to
lockup agreements and unvested shares.

                                       74
<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

  Under the U.S. underwriting agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the
registration statement relating to this prospectus, each of the U.S.
underwriters named below, for whom Lehman Brothers Inc., Hambrecht & Quist LLC,
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Warburg Dillon Read LLC are acting as U.S.
representatives, has agreed to purchase from us the number of shares of common
stock shown opposite its name below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Number
                                                                            of
   U.S. Underwriters                                                      Shares
   -----------------                                                      ------
   <S>                                                                    <C>
   Lehman Brothers Inc...................................................
   Hambrecht & Quist LLC.................................................
   J.P. Morgan Securities Inc............................................
   Warburg Dillon Read LLC...............................................
                                                                           ----
     Total...............................................................
                                                                           ====
</TABLE>

  Under the international underwriting agreement, which is filed as an exhibit
to the registration statement relating to this prospectus, the international
managers named below, for whom Lehman Brothers Inc., Hambrecht & Quist LLC,
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Warburg Dillon Read LLC are acting as lead
managers, have each agreed to purchase from us the respective number of shares
of common stock shown opposite its name below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Number
                                                                            of
   International Managers                                                 Shares
   ----------------------                                                 ------
   <S>                                                                    <C>
   Lehman Brothers Inc...................................................
   Hambrecht & Quist LLC.................................................
   J.P. Morgan Securities Inc............................................
   Warburg Dillon Read LLC...............................................
   BZ Bank Limited.......................................................
                                                                           ----
     Total...............................................................
                                                                           ====
</TABLE>

  We refer to the U.S. underwriters and international managers as the
underwriters and the U.S. representatives and international lead managers as
the representatives.

  BZ Bank Limited, a licensed bank and broker-dealer in Switzerland, is one of
the international managers. BZ Bank is an affiliate of Pharma Vision 2000 AG,
which is our largest stockholder and currently owns 23.5% of our outstanding
common stock. Peter Sjostrand, a member of our Board of Directors is a member
of the Pharma Vision Board of Directors and is a partner of BZ Group, which
controls BZ Bank. David V. Goeddel, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of
our Board of Directors, is also a member of the Pharma Vision Board of
Directors. The representatives and we have agreed that BZ Bank shall purchase
from us and have the discretion to place approximately 26.5% of all shares of
common stock to be sold in the offerings, including the over-allotment options.
BZ Bank has advised us that it intends to sell these shares to investors in
Switzerland and other countries in Europe. BZ Bank will receive the selling
concession on those sales. The shares to be sold by BZ Bank will not be subject
to any lock-up agreement with the underwriters.

  The U.S. and international underwriting agreements provide that the
obligations of the underwriters to purchase shares of common stock depend on
the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the U.S. and

                                       75
<PAGE>

international underwriting agreements, respectively. The U.S. and international
underwriting agreements also provide that if any of the shares of common stock
are purchased by the underwriters, then all of the shares of common stock which
the underwriters have agreed to purchase under their respective underwriting
agreements, must be purchased. The conditions contained in each underwriting
agreement include the requirement that:

  . the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are
    true;

  . there is no material change in the financial markets; and

  . we deliver to the underwriters customary closing documents.

  The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer
the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price
shown on the cover page of this prospectus, and to dealers, who may include the
underwriters, at the public offering price less a selling concession not in
excess of $      per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may
reallow, a concession not in excess of $     per share to brokers and dealers.
After the offering, the underwriters may change the offering price and other
selling terms.

  We have granted the U.S. underwriters and the international managers options
to purchase up to an aggregate of 717,187 additional shares of common stock, in
each case exercisable solely to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public
offering price less the underwriting discount shown on the cover page of this
prospectus. The U.S. underwriters and international managers may exercise these
options at any time until 30 days after the date of the underwriting
agreements. If these options are exercised, each U.S. underwriter and
international manager will be committed, so long as the conditions of the
underwriting agreements are satisfied, to purchase a number of additional
shares of common stock proportionate to the U.S. underwriter's or international
manager's initial commitment as indicated in the tables above, and we will be
obligated, under the over-allotment options, to sell the shares of common stock
to the U.S. underwriters and international managers.

  We have agreed that, without the prior consent of Lehman Brothers, we will
not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of
common stock or any securities that may be converted into or exchanged for any
shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this
prospectus. All of our executive officers, directors and holders of
substantially all of our outstanding capital stock have agreed under lock-up
agreements that, without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers, they
will not, subject to limited exceptions, directly or indirectly, offer, sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities that may be
converted into or exchanged for any shares of common stock for the period
ending 180 days from the date of this prospectus. See "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale."

  The U.S. underwriters and the international managers have entered into an
agreement among U.S. underwriters and international managers. In this
agreement, each U.S. underwriter has agreed that,

  . it is not purchasing any of these shares for the account of anyone other
    than a U.S. Person (as defined below), and

  . it has not offered or sold, will not offer, sell, resell or deliver,
    directly or indirectly, any of these shares or distribute any prospectus
    to anyone other than a U.S. Person.

  In addition, under the agreement, each international manager has agreed
  that,

  . it is not purchasing any of these shares for the account of a U.S.
    Person, and

  . it has not offered or sold, and will not offer, sell, resell, or deliver,
    directly or indirectly, any of these shares or distribute any prospectus
    to any U.S. Person.

  The limitations described above do not apply to stabilization transactions or
to certain other transactions specified in the underwriting agreements and the
agreement among U.S. underwriters and international managers, including

  . certain purchases and sales between U.S. underwriters and the
    international managers,

                                       76
<PAGE>

  . certain offers, sales, resales, deliveries or distributions to or through
    investment advisors or other persons exercising investment discretion,

  . purchases, offers or sales by a U.S. underwriter who is also acting as an
    international manager or by an international manager who is also acting
    as a U.S. underwriter and

  . other transactions specifically approved by the representatives.

  As used in this section, the term "U.S. Person" means any resident or
national of the United States or Canada, any corporation, partnership or other
entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or
Canada, or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States
or Canadian federal income taxation regardless of the source. The term "United
States" means the United States of America (including the District of Columbia)
and its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its
jurisdiction, and the term "Canada" means Canada, its provinces, its
territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

  According to the agreement among the U.S. underwriters and international
managers, sales may be made between the U.S. underwriters and the international
managers of the number of shares of common stock as may be mutually agreed. The
price of any shares so sold shall be the public offering price as then in
effect for the shares of common stock being sold by the U.S. underwriters and
the international managers less an amount equal to the selling concession
allocable to those shares of common stock, unless otherwise determined by
mutual agreement. To the extent that there are sales between the U.S.
underwriters and the international managers under the agreement among the U.S.
underwriters and the international managers, the number of shares of common
stock available for sale by the U.S. underwriters or by the international
managers may be more or less than the amount specified in the tables above.

  Before this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our
common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the
representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of the
common stock, the representatives will consider, among other things and in
addition to prevailing market conditions:

  . our capital structure;

  . estimates of our business potential and earning prospects;

  . an overall assessment of our management; and

  . the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuations
    of companies in related businesses.

  We have applied for quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq National
Market under the trading symbol "TLRK."

  Fidelity Capital Markets, a division of National Financial Services
Corporation, is acting as a selling group member in this offering and will be
facilitating electronic distribution of information through the Internet,
intranet and other proprietary electronic technology.

  We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of
the representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreements. We
have also agreed to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be
required to make for these liabilities.

  Until the distribution of the common stock is complete, rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the underwriters
and selling group members to bid for and purchase shares of common stock. As an
exception to these rules, the representatives are permitted to engage in
transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock. These transactions
may consist of bids or purchases for the purposes of pegging, fixing or
maintaining the price of the common stock.

                                       77
<PAGE>

  The underwriters may create a short position in the common stock in
connection with the offerings. This means that they may sell more shares than
are shown on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters create a
short position, then the representatives may reduce that short position by
purchasing common stock in the open market. The representatives also may elect
to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment
option. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm
sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares of
common stock offered by them.

  The representatives also may impose a penalty bid on underwriters and selling
group members. This means that, if the representatives purchase shares of
common stock in the open market to reduce the underwriters' short position or
to stabilize the price of the common stock, they may reclaim the amount of the
selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members that sold
those shares as part of the offerings.

  In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a syndicate short position could cause the price of the security to be
higher than it might otherwise be in the absence of these purchases. The
imposition of a penalty bid might have an effect on the price of a security to
the extent that it were to discourage resales of the security by purchasers in
an offering.

  Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction
as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described
above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor
any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives will
engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will
not be discontinued without notice.

  Each international manager has represented and agreed that:

  . it has not offered or sold and, prior to the date six months after the
    date of issue of the shares of common stock, will not offer to sell any
    shares of common stock to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons
    whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or
    disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of
    their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted
    and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom
    within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995;

  . it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the
    Financial Services Act 1986 and the Regulation with respect to anything
    done by it in relation to the shares of common stock in, from or
    otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and

  . it has only issued or passed on, and will only issue or pass on, to any
    person in the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection
    with the issue of the shares of common stock if that person is of a kind
    described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
    Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or is a person to whom these
    documents may otherwise be issued or passed upon.

  Any offers in Canada will be made only under an exemption from the
requirements to file a prospectus in the relevant province of Canada in which
the sale is made.

  Purchasers of the shares of common stock offered in this prospectus may be
required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of
the country of purchase, in addition to the public offering price shown on the
cover page of this prospectus.

  At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 312,500 shares of the
common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our officers, directors,
employees and their family members and to our business associates. These shares
will be offered at the public offering price shown on the cover page of this
prospectus. These persons must commit to purchase no later than the close of
business on the day following the date of this prospectus. The number of shares
available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these
persons purchase the reserved shares.

                                       78
<PAGE>


  BZ Bank Limited, a licensed bank and broker-dealer in Switzerland and an
international manager in the offering, is an affiliate of Pharma Vision 2000
AG, which is our largest stockholder and owns 23.5% of our outstanding common
stock. Given this relationship and BZ Bank's participation in the offerings,
Lehman Brothers has assumed the responsibilities of acting as qualified
independent underwriter of the offerings. In its role as qualified independent
underwriter, Lehman Brothers has performed a due diligence investigation and
reviewed and participated in the preparation of this prospectus and the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We and the other
underwriters have agreed to indemnify Lehman Brothers in its capacity as
qualified independent underwriter against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.

  Pharma Vision has expressed an interest in acquiring directly from us
concurrently with the offerings additional shares of common stock that would
allow it to maintain its percentage ownership in us. Please see the discussion
under the heading "Related Party Transactions."

                                       79
<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

  Cooley Godward LLP, Palo Alto, California, will provide us with an opinion as
to the validity of the common stock offered under this prospectus. Latham &
Watkins, San Diego, California, will pass upon certain legal matters related to
the offerings for the underwriters. As of the date of this prospectus, certain
partners and associates of Cooley Godward LLP own an aggregate of 13,514 shares
of our common stock through investment partnerships.

                                    EXPERTS

  Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, have audited our consolidated
financial statements at December 31, 1997 and 1998 and for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1998, and at September 30, 1999 and for
the nine months then ended as shown in their report. We have included our
financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration
statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report, given upon their authority
as experts in accounting and auditing.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of
common stock offered under this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain
all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits and
schedule to the registration statement. For further information with respect to
us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to the
exhibits and schedule to registration statement. Statements contained in this
prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to
are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of
the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this
reference. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement without charge
at the SEC's principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any
part of the registration statement may be obtained from the Public Reference
Section of the SEC, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, upon
payment of fees prescribed by the SEC. The SEC maintains a World Wide Web site
that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the
Web site is http://www.sec.gov. The SEC's toll free investor information
service can be reached at 1-800-SEC-0330. Information contained on our website
does not constitute part of this prospectus.

  Upon completion of the offering, we will be subject to the information
reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

  We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing
financial statements audited by our independent public accountants and
quarterly reports for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year
containing unaudited interim financial information. Our telephone number is
(650) 825-7000.

                                       80
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.......................... F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets................................................ F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations...................................... F-4

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity............................. F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...................................... F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................. F-7
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

               Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Tularik Inc.

  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tularik Inc.
as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1999, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998 and for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Tularik Inc. at
December 31, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1999, and the consolidated results
of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1998 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Palo Alto, California

October 25, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
               (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Pro Forma
                                                                   Stockholders'
                                   December 31,                      Equity at
                                 ------------------  September 30, September 30,
                                   1997      1998        1999          1999
                                 --------  --------  ------------- -------------
                                                                    (Unaudited)
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents.....  $ 74,545  $ 53,398    $ 17,269
 Short-term investments........    49,861    58,926      86,919
 Prepaid expenses and other
  current assets...............       881     1,582       2,714
                                 --------  --------    --------
   Total current assets........   125,287   113,906     106,902
Property and equipment, net....     6,209    11,950      15,674
Other investments..............     1,000     9,050       2,050
Restricted investment..........       --        --        3,997
Other assets...................     1,026     1,872       2,403
                                 --------  --------    --------
                                 $133,522  $136,778    $131,026
                                 ========  ========    ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
 EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable..............  $  1,154  $  1,570    $  1,671
 Accrued compensation and
  related liabilities..........     1,084     1,170       1,011
 Accrued liabilities...........     1,052     1,377       2,257
 Accrued construction costs....       --      2,076         --
 Current portion of long-term
  obligations..................     1,222     2,330       4,402
 Deferred revenue..............     4,248    10,848      13,160
                                 --------  --------    --------
   Total current liabilities...     8,760    19,371      22,501
Long-term obligations, less
 current portion...............     3,456     4,734      10,254
Other non-current liabilities..       450     1,775       2,715
Commitments
Stockholders' equity:
 Convertible preferred stock,
  $0.001 par value; 33,000,000
  shares authorized;
  26,858,823, 26,903,885, and
  26,953,539 shares issued and
  outstanding in 1997, 1998 and
  at September 30, 1999,
  respectively, and none pro
  forma, issuable in series;
  aggregate liquidation
  preference, $173,542 as of
  September 30, 1999...........        27        27          27       $   --
 Common stock, $0.001 par
  value; 55,000,000 shares
  authorized; 7,432,729,
  7,560,603, and 8,317,836
  shares issued and outstanding
  in 1997, 1998 and at
  September 30, 1999,
  respectively, and 35,271,375
  shares pro forma.............         7         8           8            35
 Additional paid-in capital....   173,000   174,035     182,356       182,356
 Notes receivable from
  stockholders.................      (860)     (636)       (647)         (647)
 Deferred compensation.........       --       (679)     (5,377)       (5,377)
 Accumulated deficit...........   (51,318)  (61,857)    (80,811)      (80,811)
                                 --------  --------    --------       -------
Total stockholders' equity.....   120,856   110,898      95,556       $95,556
                                 --------  --------    --------       =======
                                 $133,522  $136,778    $131,026
                                 ========  ========    ========
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
               (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Nine months ended
                                              Years ended December 31,            September 30,
                                           --------------------------------  ----------------------
                                             1996       1997        1998        1998        1999
                                           ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------- ----------
                                                                             (Unaudited)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenue:
  Collaborative research and development.. $  15,297  $  20,009  $   21,362   $  13,664  $   17,856
Operating expenses:
  Research and development................    18,622     26,546      33,264      24,149      31,855
  Acquired in-process research and
   development............................       --      18,902         --          --        3,000
  General and administrative..............     3,630      4,020       5,002       3,650       3,903
  Amortization of deferred stock
   compensation...........................       --         --           31         --        1,720
                                           ---------  ---------  ----------   ---------  ----------
                                              22,252     49,468      38,297      27,799      40,478
                                           ---------  ---------  ----------   ---------  ----------
Loss from operations......................    (6,955)   (29,459)    (16,935)    (14,135)    (22,622)
Interest income, net......................     1,475      4,085       6,396       4,832       3,668
                                           ---------  ---------  ----------   ---------  ----------
Net loss.................................. $  (5,480) $ (25,374) $  (10,539)  $  (9,303) $  (18,954)
                                           =========  =========  ==========   =========  ==========
Basic and diluted net loss per share...... $   (1.09) $   (4.19) $    (1.55)  $   (1.40) $    (2.57)
                                           =========  =========  ==========   =========  ==========
Weighted average shares used in computing
 basic and diluted net loss per share..... 5,033,799  6,062,651   6,790,512   6,666,166   7,387,943
                                           =========  =========  ==========   =========  ==========
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per
 share....................................                       $    (0.31)             $    (0.55)
                                                                 ==========              ==========
Weighted average shares used in computing
 pro forma basic and diluted net loss per
 share....................................                       33,686,853              34,313,896
                                                                 ==========              ==========
</TABLE>


                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      (In thousands, except share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Convertible                                   Notes
                       Preferred Stock    Common Stock   Additional  Receivable                               Total
                      ----------------- ----------------  Paid-In       From       Deferred   Accumulated Stockholders'
                        Shares   Amount  Shares   Amount  Capital   Stockholders Compensation   Deficit      Equity
                      ---------- ------ --------- ------ ---------- ------------ ------------ ----------- -------------
<S>                   <C>        <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Balance at December
 31, 1995............ 13,645,132  $14   4,970,855  $ 5    $ 38,329     $(131)      $   --      $(20,464)    $ 17,753
Issuance of Series F
 convertible
 preferred stock.....  6,272,000    6         --   --       59,851       --            --           --        59,857
Issuance of common
 stock, net of
 repurchases.........        --   --    1,823,712    2       1,300      (571)          --           --           731
Repayment of notes
 receivable..........        --   --          --   --          --         44           --           --            44
Net loss.............        --   --          --   --          --        --            --        (5,480)      (5,480)
                      ----------  ---   ---------  ---    --------     -----       -------     --------     --------
Balance at December
 31, 1996............ 19,917,132   20   6,794,567    7      99,480      (658)          --       (25,944)      72,905
Issuance of Series G
 convertible
 preferred stock.....  5,319,634    5         --   --       54,467       --            --           --        54,472
Issuance of Series H
 convertible
 preferred stock and
 warrants for
 Acquisition.........  1,622,057    2         --   --       18,274       --            --           --        18,276
Issuance of common
 stock, net of
 repurchases.........        --   --      638,162  --          779      (263)          --           --           516
Repayment of notes
 receivable..........        --   --          --   --          --         61           --           --            61
Net loss.............        --   --          --   --          --        --            --       (25,374)     (25,374)
                      ----------  ---   ---------  ---    --------     -----       -------     --------     --------
Balance at December
 31, 1997............ 26,858,823   27   7,432,729    7     173,000      (860)          --       (51,318)     120,856
Issuance of Series H
 convertible
 preferred stock upon
 exercise of stock
 options.............      7,802  --          --   --            6       --            --           --             6
Conversion of
 warrant, net........     37,260  --          --   --          --        --            --           --           --
Issuance of common
 stock, net of
 repurchases.........        --   --      127,874    1         319        80           --           --           400
Repayment of notes
 receivable..........        --   --          --   --          --        144           --           --           144
Deferred
 compensation........        --   --          --   --          710       --           (710)         --           --
Amortization of
 deferred
 compensation........        --   --          --   --          --        --             31          --            31
Net loss.............        --   --          --   --          --        --            --       (10,539)     (10,539)
                      ----------  ---   ---------  ---    --------     -----       -------     --------     --------
Balance at December
 31, 1998............ 26,903,885   27   7,560,603    8     174,035      (636)         (679)     (61,857)     110,898
Conversion of
 warrant, net........     49,654  --          --   --          --        --            --           --           --
Issuance of common
 stock, net of
 repurchases.........        --   --      757,233  --        1,903      (240)          --           --         1,663
Repayment of notes
 receivable..........        --   --          --   --          --        229           --           --           229
Deferred
 compensation........        --   --          --   --        6,418       --         (6,418)         --           --
Amortization of
 deferred
 compensation........        --   --          --   --          --        --          1,720          --         1,720
Net loss.............        --   --          --   --          --        --            --       (18,954)     (18,954)
                      ----------  ---   ---------  ---    --------     -----       -------     --------     --------
Balance at September
 30, 1999............ 26,953,539  $27   8,317,836  $ 8    $182,356     $(647)      $(5,377)    $(80,811)    $ 95,556
                      ==========  ===   =========  ===    ========     =====       =======     ========     ========
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Nine months ended
                             Years ended December 31,         September 30,
                           ------------------------------  --------------------
                             1996      1997       1998        1998       1999
                           --------  ---------  ---------  ----------- --------
                                                           (Unaudited)
<S>                        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Operating activities
 Net loss................  $ (5,480) $ (25,374) $ (10,539)  $  (9,303) $(18,954)
 Adjustments to reconcile
  net loss to net cash
  used in operating
  activities:
 Depreciation and
  amortization...........     2,027      1,918      2,423       1,735     2,731
 Amortization of
  deferred stock
  compensation...........       --         --          31         --      1,720
 Noncash stock
  compensation...........       --         --         188         --        515
 Write-off of in-process
  research and
  development............       --      18,902        --          --        --
 Changes in assets and
  liabilities, net of
  Acquisition:
  Other assets...........      (596)      (240)    (1,578)     (1,223)   (1,663)
  Accounts payable and
   accrued liabilities...     1,351      1,002        827         127       822
  Deferred revenue.......    (3,127)      (340)     7,873       5,527     2,312
  Other liabilities......       --         141         52          58       940
                           --------  ---------  ---------   ---------  --------
   Net cash used in
    operating
    activities...........    (5,825)    (3,991)      (723)     (3,079)  (11,577)
                           --------  ---------  ---------   ---------  --------
Investing activities
 Maturities of available-
  for-sale securities....     8,981    103,693    140,982     100,911    74,699
 Purchases of available-
  for-sale securities....   (46,374)  (109,132)  (157,047)   (115,995)  (99,689)
 Capital expenditures....    (1,189)    (1,970)    (6,057)     (3,552)   (8,531)
 Purchases of long-term
  investments............       --      (1,000)    (1,050)     (1,050)      --
 Acquisition, net of cash
  received...............       --        (538)       --          --        --
                           --------  ---------  ---------   ---------  --------
   Net cash used in
    investing
    activities...........   (38,582)    (8,947)   (23,172)    (19,686)  (33,521)
                           --------  ---------  ---------   ---------  --------
Financing activities
Proceeds from long-term
 debt....................       --       1,268      3,905       2,028    10,087
Payments of long-term
 debt....................    (1,721)    (1,490)    (1,519)     (1,067)   (2,495)
Net proceeds from
 issuance of preferred
 stock...................    59,857     54,472          6           6       --
Proceeds from issuances
 of common stock, net....       775        577        356         241     1,377
                           --------  ---------  ---------   ---------  --------
   Net cash provided by
    financing
    activities...........    58,911     54,827      2,748       1,208     8,969
                           --------  ---------  ---------   ---------  --------
Net increase (decrease)
 in cash and cash
 equivalents.............    14,504     41,889    (21,147)    (21,557)  (36,129)
Cash and cash equivalents
 at beginning of period..    18,152     32,656     74,545      74,545    53,398
                           --------  ---------  ---------   ---------  --------
   Cash and cash
    equivalents at end of
    period...............  $ 32,656  $  74,545  $  53,398   $  52,988  $ 17,269
                           ========  =========  =========   =========  ========
</TABLE>


                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation

Organization and Business

  Tularik Inc. ("Tularik" or the "Company") was incorporated in the state of
California in November 1991 and reincorporated in the state of Delaware in June
1997 to take advantage of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Upon the
reincorporation, the Company became authorized to issue 33,000,000 shares of
$0.001 par value convertible preferred stock and 55,000,000 shares of $0.001
par value common stock. All par value, share and per share amounts included in
the accompanying financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to
reflect the Company's reincorporation in Delaware.

  Since its founding, the Company has been engaged in the discovery and
development of a broad range of novel, orally available drugs, most of which
act through gene regulation. Tularik has incurred net losses since inception
and is expected to incur substantial and increasing losses for at least the
next several years as research and development activities are expanded. To
date, the Company has funded its operations primarily through the sale of
equity securities, non-equity payments from collaborators and interest income.
Future revenue, if any, for at least the next several years is expected to
consist primarily of payments under corporate collaborations and interest
income. The process of developing products will require significant additional
research and development, preclinical testing and clinical trials, as well as
regulatory approval. These activities, together with general and administrative
expenses, are expected to result in substantial operating losses for the
foreseeable future. Tularik will not receive product revenue unless the Company
or its collaborative partners completes clinical trials, obtains regulatory
approval and successfully commercializes one or more of the Company's products.

  In order to accelerate product commercialization and finance research
activities, Tularik has entered into collaborations with leading pharmaceutical
companies. The Company has ongoing collaborations with Knoll AG ("Knoll")
relating to obesity (commenced in November 1998); Japan Tobacco Inc. ("Japan
Tobacco") relating to orphan nuclear receptors (commenced in September 1998);
Roche Bioscience ("Roche Bioscience") relating to inflammation (commenced in
July 1997); Japan Tobacco relating to obesity (commenced in September 1996);
Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. ("Taisho") relating to immune disorders
(commenced in April 1995); and Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. ("Sumitomo")
relating to hypercholesterolemia (commenced in January 1995). Previously,
Tularik also had collaborations with Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
("Yamanouchi") relating to inflammation (commenced in November 1993, ended in
November 1996) and with Merck & Co., Inc., ("Merck") relating to viral disease
(commenced in December 1993, ended in March 1999). As of September 30, 1999,
the Company has received $13.0 million in equity investments and $108.3 million
in research funding from its collaborators, including $14.0 million from
Yamanouchi and $20.4 million from Merck.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Tularik and its
wholly owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying
notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)


Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

  The Company considers all highly liquid investments in debt securities with a
remaining maturity from the date of purchase of 90 days or less to be cash
equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds and corporate debt
securities and exclude demand deposits. The Company's short-term investments
include obligations of governmental agencies and corporate debt securities with
original maturities ranging between three and 12 months. By policy, the Company
limits concentration of credit risk by diversifying its investments among a
variety of high credit-quality issuers.

  All cash equivalents and short-term investments are classified as available-
for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at amortized cost, which
approximated fair value at December 31, 1997 and 1998 and at September 30,
1999. Material unrealized gains and losses, if any, are reported in
stockholders' equity and included in other comprehensive loss. Fair value is
estimated based on available market information. The cost of securities sold is
based on the specific identification method. For the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1998 and for the nine-months ended September 30, 1999, gross realized
gains and losses on available-for-sale securities were immaterial. See Note 4
for a summary of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 1997 and 1998
and at September 30, 1999.

Property and Equipment

  Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization of
equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the lesser of the
estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to four years, or the
lease term. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the related
lease, which does not exceed their estimated useful lives.

Long-lived Assets

  The Company accounts for its long-lived assets under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-lived
Assets and for Long-lived Assets to be Disposed Of" ("SFAS 121"). Consistent
with SFAS 121, the Company identifies and records impairment losses, as
circumstances dictate, on long-lived assets used in operations when events and
circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired and the undiscounted
cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying
amounts of those assets. No one of these events have occurred with respect to
the Company's long-lived assets, which consist primarily of machinery and
equipment and leasehold improvements.

Revenue Recognition

  Collaborative research and development agreements provide for periodic
payments in support of the Company's research activities. Collaboration revenue
is recognized as earned based on actual costs incurred or as milestones are
achieved. Nonrefundable technology access fees are recognized immediately when
received and when all contractual obligations of the Company relating to the
fees have been fulfilled. Research support payments received in advance of work
performed are recorded as deferred revenue (see Note 3).

Research and Development

  Research and development expenses, including direct and allocated expenses,
consist of independent research and development costs and costs associated with
collaborative research and development arrangements. In addition, the Company
funds research and development at other companies and research institutions
under agreements which are generally cancelable. All such costs are charged to
operations as incurred.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

Stock-Based Compensation

  The Company accounts for grants of stock options and common stock purchase
rights according to Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees" and related Interpretations ("APB No. 25"). Pro
forma net loss information, as required by Financial Accounting Standards Board
Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), is
included in Note 9. Options granted to consultants are accounted for using the
Black-Scholes method prescribed by SFAS 123 in accordance with Emerging Issues
Task Force Consensus No. 96-18. These options are subject to periodic re-
valuation over their vesting terms. Any deferred stock compensation calculated
according to APB No. 25 is amortized over the vesting period of the individual
options, generally four years, using the graded vesting method. The graded
vesting method provides for vesting of portions of the overall award at interim
dates and results in higher vesting in earlier years than straight-line
vesting.

Comprehensive Loss

  As of January 1, 1998, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards
Board Statement No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS 130"). SFAS
130 establishes new rules for the reporting and display of comprehensive income
and its components; however, the adoption of this Statement had no impact on
the Company's net loss or stockholders' equity. SFAS 130 requires unrealized
gains or losses on the Company's available-for-sale securities, which prior to
adoption were reported separately in stockholders' equity, to be included in
comprehensive income, if material. The Company's comprehensive loss was not
materially different from the net loss for the years ended December 31, 1997
and 1998 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999.

Net Loss Per Share

  Net loss per share has been computed according to the Financial Accounting
Standards Board Statement No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," which requires
disclosure of basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share
excludes any dilutive effects of options, shares subject to repurchase,
warrants, and convertible securities. Diluted earnings per share includes the
impact of potentially dilutive securities. The Company's potentially dilutive
securities were antidilutive and therefore were not included in the computation
of weighted-average shares used in computing diluted loss per share. Following
the guidance given by the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 98, common stock and preferred stock that has been issued or
granted for nominal consideration prior to the anticipated effective date of
the initial public offering must be included in the calculation of basic and
diluted net loss per common share as if these shares had been outstanding for
all periods presented. To date, the Company has not issued or granted shares
for nominal consideration.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

  The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic
and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share
amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Year ended                 Nine months ended
                                   December 31,                   September 30,
                         -----------------------------------  ---------------------
                            1996        1997         1998       1998        1999
                         ----------  -----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
<S>                      <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>
Basic and diluted:
  Net loss.............. $   (5,480) $   (25,374) $  (10,539) $  (9,303) $  (18,954)
                         ==========  ===========  ==========  =========  ==========
  Weighted average
   shares of common
   stock outstanding....  5,627,770    7,292,476   7,495,576  7,439,137   7,856,192
  Less: weighted average
   shares subject to
   repurchase...........   (593,971)  (1,229,825)   (705,064)  (772,971)   (468,249)
                         ----------  -----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
  Weighted average
   shares used in
   computing basic and
   diluted net loss per
   share................  5,033,799    6,062,651   6,790,512  6,666,166   7,387,943
                         ==========  ===========  ==========  =========  ==========
  Basic and diluted net
   loss per share....... $    (1.09) $     (4.19) $    (1.55) $   (1.40) $    (2.57)
                         ==========  ===========  ==========  =========  ==========
Pro forma basic and
 diluted:
  Shares used above.....                           6,790,512              7,387,943
  Pro forma adjustment
   to reflect weighted
   average effect of
   assumed conversion of
   preferred stock......                          26,896,341             26,925,953
                                                  ----------             ----------
  Total weighted average
   shares of common
   stock outstanding pro
   forma................                          33,686,853             34,313,896
                                                  ==========             ==========
  Basic and diluted pro
   forma loss per
   share................                          $    (0.31)            $    (0.55)
                                                  ==========             ==========
</TABLE>

  During all periods presented, the Company had securities outstanding which
could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future, but were
excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share, as their effect
would have been antidilutive. These outstanding securities consist of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   December 31,               September 30,
                         -------------------------------- ---------------------
                            1996       1997       1998       1998       1999
                         ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Convertible preferred
 stock.................. 19,917,132 26,858,823 26,903,885 26,903,885 26,953,539
Outstanding options.....  2,972,750  3,710,872  5,351,309  5,215,407  5,955,965
Warrants................    702,674    999,235  1,078,382  1,078,382  1,015,091
                         ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
  Total................. 23,592,556 31,568,930 33,333,576 33,197,674 33,924,595
                         ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========

Weighted average
 exercise price of
 options................ $     0.61 $     1.41 $     1.99 $     1.93 $     2.23
                         ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Weighted average
 exercise price of
 warrants............... $     7.15 $     8.88 $     9.71 $     9.71 $    10.17
                         ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

Unaudited Financial Statements

  The accompanying unaudited financial statements for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998 have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the
audited financial statements and include all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the
financial information set forth therein. Results for any interim period are not
necessarily indicative of results for the full fiscal period.

3. Research and Development Collaborations

  The Company has entered into multi-year research and development
collaborations in six of its research programs. Tularik received aggregate
research payments, including technology access fees, of $12.5 million, $20.0
million, and $29.8 million and recognized collaboration revenue of $15.3
million, $20.0 million, and $21.4 million in 1996, 1997, and 1998,
respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 1999, Tularik received
research funding of $21.0 million and recognized collaboration revenue of $17.9
million. Under the terms of existing collaborations at September 30, 1999, the
Company's partners have agreed to provide future research funding of up to
approximately $50.7 million over a five-year period, including $33.5 million
subject possible cancellation, as well as additional payments upon the
achievement of specific research and development milestones. Annual research
funding under these agreements ranges from $3.5 million to $6.0 million per
agreement. All research payments are non-refundable and the Company performs
research under these agreements on a "best efforts" basis. Costs incurred under
research and development collaborations approximate revenues earned and are
included in research and development expenses. In addition to providing the
research funding summarized above, certain of the Company's collaborators have
also purchased equity investments in Tularik. These equity purchases and other
significant terms of current and prior collaborations are described below.

  In November 1998, Tularik and Knoll established a five-year collaboration to
discover, develop and market compounds that act on obesity-related targets.
Once a compound is selected for preclinical development, Knoll has the right to
enter into a separate license agreement granting it exclusive rights to
develop, manufacture and sell the compounds in countries other than Japan and
other specified Asian countries, subject to milestone and royalty obligations
to Tularik. The agreement grants Tularik exclusive rights to develop,
manufacture and sell these products in Japan and other specified Asian
countries, without payment obligation to Knoll. These retained rights are
subject to a collaboration agreement with Japan Tobacco in the area of obesity.
Knoll has the right to terminate the collaboration at the end of the third or
fourth years of the five-year agreement.

  In September 1998, Tularik and Japan Tobacco established a five-year
collaboration to discover, develop and market compounds that act by regulating
orphan nuclear receptors. Under the terms of the collaboration, Japan Tobacco
is funding the majority of research expenses and development and
commercialization costs and profits will be shared equally by the partners.
Tularik retains exclusive marketing and sales rights in the United States and
Canada. JT retains exclusive marketing and sales rights in Japan and Korea.
Japan Tobacco has the right to terminate the collaboration at the end of the
third or fourth years of the five year collaboration.

  In July 1997, Tularik and Roche Bioscience established a five-year
collaboration to discover, develop and market anti-inflammatory therapeutics.
Under the collaboration, Roche Bioscience has exclusive, worldwide
manufacturing and marketing rights to develop and commercialize drugs resulting
from the research program for specified indications, subject to benchmark and
royalty obligations to Tularik. Tularik has exclusive, worldwide manufacturing
and marketing rights to develop and commercialize other compounds resulting
from the research program, subject to royalty obligations to Roche Bioscience.
Roche Bioscience has the right to terminate the collaboration at the end of the
third year if the then current research plan does not provide opportunities for
new products or if Tularik has not discharged its obligations under the
agreement.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

  In September 1996, the Company entered into a five-year collaboration with
Japan Tobacco to discover, develop and market compounds in the fields of
obesity and diabetes. Under a related stock purchase agreement, Japan Tobacco
purchased 600,000 shares of Tularik's Series F preferred stock for $10.00 per
share, on the same terms and conditions as other investors in the Series F
financing. In September 1998, Tularik and Japan Tobacco agreed to modify the
structure of the original collaboration. The collaboration is currently
structured as a joint venture in which both expenses and profits on a worldwide
basis will be split evenly between Tularik and Japan Tobacco. Tularik retains
exclusive marketing and sales rights in the United States and Canada. Japan
Tobacco retains exclusive marketing and sales rights in Japan and Korea. Japan
Tobacco will be required to make benchmark payments to Tularik based on
clinical progress. Japan Tobacco has the right to terminate the collaboration
at the end of the fourth year of the five year collaboration.

  In April 1995, Tularik established a five-year collaboration with Taisho
focused on therapeutic modulation of the human immune function. In January
1998, Tularik and Taisho extended the collaboration for an additional year. The
agreement gives Taisho the right to manufacture and sell products resulting
from the collaboration in Japan and in certain other Asian countries, subject
to milestone and royalty payments to Tularik. The Company retains exclusive
rights to manufacture and sell these products in the rest of the world, without
any payment obligation to Taisho. Taisho has the right to terminate the
collaboration prior to the commencement of sixth year. In the event of early
termination by Taisho, Tularik would have exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
rights to all products identified in the collaboration.

  In January 1995, the Company entered into a five-year collaboration with
Sumitomo to fund research and development in the field of hypercholesterolemia.
Under a related stock purchase agreement, Sumitomo purchased 400,000 shares of
Tularik's Series E preferred stock in February 1995 for $7.50 per share, the
fair value of the preferred stock at that date. Upon the selection of a lead
compound for certain preclinical studies, Sumitomo has the right to enter into
a separate license agreement granting Sumitomo exclusive rights to develop,
manufacture and sell the compound in Japan and in certain other Asian
countries, subject to royalty obligations to the Company. The collaboration
agreement grants Tularik exclusive rights to develop, manufacture and sell
these products in the rest of the world, without payment obligation to
Sumitomo. Sumitomo has the right to terminate the collaboration at any time
after three years of the five-year term.

  In December 1993, Tularik established a collaboration with Merck to fund
research and development in specified fields of human viral disease. Under a
related stock purchase agreement, Merck purchased 400,000 shares of the
Company's Series D preferred stock in January 1994 for $5.00 per share, the
fair value of the preferred stock at that date. In December 1996, the companies
amended the original agreement, extending its term to December 1999. In March
1999, utilizing early termination rights under the amended agreement, Merck
terminated the collaboration.

  In November 1993, the Company entered into a five-year collaboration
agreement with Yamanouchi to fund research and development in the field of
inflammation. Under a related stock purchase agreement, Yamanouchi purchased
400,000 shares of Tularik's Series D Preferred Stock in February 1994 for $5.00
per share, the fair value of the preferred stock at that date. In November
1996, utilizing early termination rights under the agreement, Yamanouchi
terminated the collaboration after three years of the five year term.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

4. Investments

  The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at cost, which
approximates fair value (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  December 31,
                                                 --------------- September 30,
                                                  1997    1998       1999
                                                 ------- ------- -------------
   <S>                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
   Cash equivalents:
     Money market funds......................... $ 1,624 $ 2,659    $ 2,039
     Corporate debt securities..................  72,905  50,739     15,230
                                                 ------- -------    -------
                                                 $74,529 $53,398    $17,269
                                                 ======= =======    =======
   Short-term investments:
     Obligations of domestic governmental
      agencies.................................. $10,000 $12,999    $12,004
     Corporate debt securities..................  39,861  45,927     74,915
                                                 ------- -------    -------
                                                 $49,861 $58,926    $86,919
                                                 ======= =======    =======
</TABLE>

  As of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1999, the average
portfolio duration was approximately three, five and eight months,
respectively.

5. Property and Equipment

  The following is a summary of property and equipment at (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                December 31,
                                               ----------------  September 30,
                                                1997     1998        1999
                                               -------  -------  -------------
   <S>                                         <C>      <C>      <C>
   Laboratory and office equipment............ $10,808  $15,063    $ 18,344
   Leasehold improvements.....................   1,702    5,376       8,785
   Construction in progress...................      31      235         --
                                               -------  -------    --------
                                                12,541   20,674      27,129
   Less accumulated depreciation and
    amortization..............................  (6,332)  (8,724)    (11,455)
                                               -------  -------    --------
   Property and equipment, net................ $ 6,209  $11,950    $ 15,674
                                               =======  =======    ========
</TABLE>

6. Acquisition

  On October 31, 1997, the Company acquired Amplicon Corporation ("Amplicon"),
a research organization engaged principally in identifying and characterizing
human genes involved in certain cancers, whereby Amplicon became a wholly owned
subsidiary of Tularik (the "Acquisition"). Under the related Agreement and Plan
of Merger and Reorganization, Tularik issued a total of 1,620,004 shares of
Tularik Series H preferred stock and warrants to acquire an additional 245,456
shares of Tularik Series H preferred stock in exchange for all of Amplicon's
outstanding capital stock. In addition, all outstanding stock options to
purchase Amplicon common stock were replaced with options to purchase 29,976
shares of Tularik Series H preferred stock and warrants to purchase 4,544
shares of Series H preferred stock. The acquisition was accounted for under the
purchase method. The purchase price was approximately $18.9 million including
the fair value of the Tularik Series H preferred stock and warrants as of the
effective date of the Acquisition, plus direct acquisition costs. The assets
and liabilities assumed by the Company were recorded based on their fair values
at the date of acquisition. The purchase price was allocated $18.9 million to
in-process research and

                                      F-13
<PAGE>


                               TULARIK INC.

          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

development and $24,000 to net tangible assets. Management is responsible for
estimating the amount allocated to in-process research and development, which
was expensed at the time of acquisition. The Company's results of operations
include Amplicon's results from October 31, 1997.

  At the date of the acquisition, Amplicon's sole activity was performing basic
research to identify genes that may result in the development of diagnostic and
therapeutic products for the treatment of cancer. Prior to the acquisition,
Amplicon had discovered over twenty novel genetic regions that are commonly
mutated in human cancers and was actively searching for genes within these
regions that play an important role in the development of cancer. Amplicon's
efforts to identify cancer genes relied heavily on a proprietary methodology,
Representational Difference Analysis, that is distinguished from other methods
by its ability to identify non-inherited genetic mutations. The
Representational Difference Analysis methodology is specifically applicable to
the discovery of cancer genes, acquired genetic mutations and pathogens and
does not have alternative future uses.

  In order to estimate the value of the cancer gene discovery project and the
related methodology at the time of the acquisition, management considered a
wide range of estimates of the time and resources necessary to identify,
characterize, develop and obtain regulatory approval for potential cancer
diagnostics and therapeutics and the related market size and potential cash
flows from developed products. Management also considered the risks associated
with the development process, including the inherent difficulties and
uncertainties in successfully developing diagnostic and therapeutic products,
thereby achieving technological feasibility, and the risk related to changes in
target markets.

  The Company's analysis, performed using the income method, assumed inception
of product revenues beginning in 2002. Given the high degree of uncertainty
inherent in the discovery and development of diagnostic and therapeutic
products, the analysis applied a risk adjusted discount rate of 40% to the
forecasted cash flows to estimate the present value of the acquired project and
related methodology. Using this approach, the Company concluded that the
estimated fair value of the acquired in-process research and development was
$21.4 million at the date of the acquisition. Management believes that this
amount did not exceed the amount a third party would have paid for the project.
Accordingly, the excess of the purchase price over the value of tangible net
assets acquired of $18.9 million was charged to acquired in-process research
and development. Had a lower value been assigned to the acquired in-process
research and development, the difference would have been recorded as goodwill
and amortized to operating expense over future periods.

  To date, no products have been developed from this project, technological
feasibility has not been proven and no corporate collaborations have been
consummated based on the research at Amplicon. Accordingly, the future benefits
of the ongoing research remain uncertain and the value allocated to the
acquired in-process research and development was expensed at the time of
acquisition.

7. License Agreement

  On September 24, 1999, the Company entered into a license agreement with Eli
Lilly under which it obtained an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license
to make, use and sell pharmaceutical products containing a compound known as
lometrexol. In connection with this agreement, the Company paid Eli Lilly an
initial license fee and agreed to pay certain milestones and royalties upon
successful commercialization of lometrexol. Under the agreement, Eli Lilly
granted the Company a license to its proprietary technology relating to
lometrexol, and also a sublicense under an exclusive license granted to Eli
Lilly by Princeton University relating to lometrexol. Eli Lilly has specified
obligations under the agreement to maintain the license from Princeton. Eli
Lilly has the right to match the material terms of any offer made by a third
party to Tularik for

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

commercialization rights relating to lometrexol products. The Company may
terminate the agreement with Eli Lilly upon written notice and Eli Lilly may
terminate our license in specified major countries if we fail to use reasonable
diligence to develop lometrexol products in these countries, and may terminate
the agreement if we fail to use appropriate diligence to develop lometrexol
products in a predetermined number of major countries. If Eli Lilly terminates
the agreement, Eli Lilly obtains a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing, worldwide
license to our technical improvements to lometrexol.

  At the date of the license agreement, lometrexol had completed the first of
three phases of clinical trials required to seek regulatory approval from the
FDA. No trials had been commenced that could have demonstrated, with
statistical significance, the effectiveness of lometrexol as a treatment for
any type of cancer. These trials, necessary to establish the technological
feasibility of lometrexol, will not be completed for at least several years. In
addition, lometrexol has no known alternative future uses. Accordingly, the
initial license payment was allocated to acquired in-process research and
development and expensed at the time of the agreement.

8. Long-Term Obligations

  At September 30, 1999, the Company's aggregate commitments under long-term
debt and noncancelable lease arrangements are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Year ended                                 Long-Term                Operating
   September 30,                                Debt    Capital Leases  Leases
   -------------                              --------- -------------- ---------
                                                        (In thousands)
   <S>                                        <C>       <C>            <C>
   2000......................................  $ 3,661     $ 1,917      $ 4,614
   2001......................................    3,472       1,554        4,820
   2002......................................    2,640         764        4,762
   2003......................................    2,374         891        4,689
   2004......................................      --          --         4,776
   Thereafter................................      --          --        41,297
                                               -------     -------      -------
   Total minimum payment required............   12,147       5,126      $64,958
                                                                        =======
   Less amount representing interest.........    (1773)       (844)
                                                           -------
   Present value of future payments             10,374       4,282
   Less current portion......................   (2,642)     (1,760)
                                               -------     -------
                                               $ 7,732     $ 2,522
                                               =======     =======
</TABLE>

  Equipment and leasehold improvements financed under these arrangements are
included in property and equipment and related amortization is included in
depreciation expense. In 1998, the Company entered into sale and leaseback
agreements covering certain laboratory equipment. No gain or loss was
recognized on these transactions. The leases are classified as capital leases.
The cost of assets under secured financing arrangements was $6.7 million, $10.2
million and $18.9 million and the related accumulated depreciation and
amortization was $3.7 million, $5.0 million and $7.8 million at December 31,
1997 and 1998 and at September 30, 1999, respectively.

  Rent expense, principally for leased facilities under long-term operating
lease commitments, was $2.0 million, $2.3 million, $2.4 million and $3.5
million for 1996, 1997, 1998 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999,
respectively. In connection with the sublease of space in the Company's
facilities, Tularik is entitled to receive minimum lease payments of $502,000
in 1999, $512,000 in 2000, and $257,000 in 2001. The Company received sublease
income of $464,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 1999. The Company
did not receive sublease income in 1996, 1997 and 1998.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock

  All series of preferred stock are convertible at the option of the holder at
any time into common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for
antidilution, and carry voting rights equivalent to common stock. Each share of
preferred stock automatically converts into one share of common stock in the
event of an initial public offering of the Company's common stock in which
gross offering proceeds exceed $10.0 million and the offering price is at least
$10.25 per share or upon the vote by holders of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding preferred stock. Holders of convertible preferred stock are
entitled to noncumulative dividends when and if declared by the board of
directors. No dividends have been declared through September 30, 1999.

  In the event of a liquidation or winding up of the Company, holders of Series
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H convertible preferred stock are entitled to a
liquidation preference of $1.00, $2.37, $3.70, $5.00, $7.50, $10.00, $10.25 and
$11.00 per share, respectively, together with any declared but unpaid
dividends. The preferred stock authorized, issued and outstanding at September
30, 1999 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Aggregate
                                     Authorized Shares Issued and  Liquidation
                                       Shares      Outstanding      Preference
                                     ---------- ----------------- --------------
                                                                  (In thousands)
   <S>                               <C>        <C>               <C>
   Series A.........................  3,900,000     3,900,000        $  3,900
   Series B.........................  3,375,531     3,361,894           7,968
   Series C.........................  5,400,000     5,270,152          19,500
   Series D.........................    820,000       800,000           4,000
   Series E.........................    440,000       400,000           3,000
   Series F.........................  8,500,000     6,272,000          62,720
   Series G.........................  7,500,000     5,319,634          54,526
   Series H.........................  2,050,000     1,629,859          17,928
                                     ----------    ----------        --------
                                     31,985,531    26,953,539        $173,542
                                                   ==========        ========
   Undesignated.....................  1,014,469
                                     ----------
                                     33,000,000
                                     ==========
</TABLE>

  A summary of warrants to purchase preferred stock at September 30, 1999 is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Term
                                      Number of   Exercise     in
   Description                        Warrants      Price     Years Expiration
   -----------                        --------- ------------- ----- ----------
   <S>                                <C>       <C>           <C>   <C>
   Lease financing arrangements......  124,972   $3.70-$7.50    7   1999-2002
   Issuance of Series F preferred
    stock............................  253,600     $10.00      10      2006
   Acquisition of Amplicon...........  296,949  $10.00-$13.00  10      2007
   Facility lease agreement..........  139,570     $13.00      10      2008
                                       -------
                                       815,091
                                       =======
</TABLE>

10. Common Stock

Warrant

  The Company issued a warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock for
$7.50 per share in connection with a facility lease that was executed in 1995.
The warrant expires on the earlier of the five-year anniversary of the
Company's initial public offering or April 20, 2005. The value of the warrant
was determined to be immaterial at issuance. As of September 30, 1999, this
warrant has not been exercised.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

Stock Awards

  During 1997, the board of directors terminated the 1991 Stock Plan ("1991
Plan") and adopted the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan and the 1997 Non-Employee
Directors' Plan ("1997 Plans"). Termination of the 1991 Plan had no effect on
options outstanding under that plan. The 1997 Plans provide for stock options
and stock purchase rights to be granted to employees, directors and
consultants. Under the Equity Incentive Plan, shares available for grant are
increased by three and one-half percent of the total number of shares
outstanding at the end of each year from 1997 to 2002 up to a maximum of
2,000,000 shares per year. Options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan may
be incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options. Exercise prices are
determined by the board of directors and may not be less than 100% of the fair
value of the Company's common stock (not less than 85% of fair value for
nonstatutory stock options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan) on the date
of grant. Options and purchase rights are exercisable upon grant, subject to
repurchase by the Company until vested and generally vest over four years. All
options expire no more than 10 years from the date of grant.

  The Company has elected to follow APB No. 25 and related Interpretations in
accounting for its stock options and stock purchase rights because, as
discussed below, the alternative fair value accounting provided for under SFAS
123 requires use of option valuation models that were not developed for use in
valuing employee stock options and rights.

  During the year ended December 31, 1998 and during the nine months ended
September 30, 1999, in connection with the grant of certain share options to
employees, the Company recorded deferred stock compensation of $710,000 and
$6.4 million, respectively, representing the difference between the exercise
price and the deemed fair value of the Company's common stock on the date these
stock options were granted. Deferred compensation is included as a reduction of
stockholders' equity and is being amortized to expense on a graded vesting
method. During the year ended December 31, 1998 and during the nine months
ended September 30, 1999, the Company recorded amortization of deferred stock
compensation expense of approximately $31,000 and $1.7 million, respectively.
At September 30, 1999, the Company had a total of approximately $5.4 million
remaining to be amortized over the corresponding vesting period of each
respective option, generally four years.

  Pro forma net loss and net loss per share information is required by SFAS
123, which also requires that the information be determined as if the Company
had accounted for its employee stock options and rights granted subsequent to
December 31, 1994 under the fair value method. The fair value for these options
and the purchase rights was estimated at the date of grant using the minimum
value method with the following weighted-average assumptions for 1996, 1997,
1998 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999, respectively: risk free
interest rates of 6.6%, 6.0%, 5.5% and 6.0%; no dividend yield; and a weighted-
average expected life of the options of 5 years. Pro forma information follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Nine Months
                                                                 Ended
                                Year Ended December 31,      September 30,
                               ---------------------------  -----------------
                                1996      1997      1998     1998      1999
                               -------  --------  --------  -------  --------
                               (In thousands, except per
                                    share amounts)
<S>                            <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
Net loss:
  As reported................. $(5,480) $(25,374) $(10,539) $(9,303) $(18,954)
                               =======  ========  ========  =======  ========
  Pro forma................... $(5,576) $(25,692) $(11,179) $(9,783) $(20,340)
                               =======  ========  ========  =======  ========
Net loss per share (basic and
 diluted):
  As reported................. $ (1.09) $  (4.19) $  (1.55) $ (1.40) $  (2.57)
                               =======  ========  ========  =======  ========
  Pro forma................... $ (1.11) $  (4.24) $  (1.65) $ (1.47) $  (2.75)
                               =======  ========  ========  =======  ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

  A summary of the Company's stock option activity, and related information
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Number of   Weighted-Average
                                                     Options     Exercise Price
                                                    ----------  ----------------
   <S>                                              <C>         <C>
   Options outstanding at December 31, 1995........  2,928,125       $0.44
     Granted.......................................  2,186,000        0.91
     Exercised..................................... (1,851,877)       0.71
     Forfeited.....................................   (289,498)       0.51
                                                    ----------
   Options outstanding at December 31, 1996........  2,972,750        0.61
     Granted.......................................  1,401,300        3.00
     Exercised.....................................   (648,422)       1.21
     Forfeited.....................................    (40,520)       1.40
                                                    ----------
   Options outstanding at December 31, 1997........  3,685,108        1.41
     Granted.......................................  2,065,700        3.00
     Exercised.....................................   (273,894)       1.32
     Forfeited.....................................   (143,567)       2.76
                                                    ----------
   Options outstanding at December 31, 1998........  5,333,347        1.99
     Granted.......................................  1,501,500        3.00
     Exercised.....................................   (764,729)       1.95
     Forfeited.....................................   (132,115)       2.69
                                                    ----------
   Options outstanding at September 30, 1999.......  5,938,003        2.24
                                                    ==========
</TABLE>

  An analysis of options outstanding at September 30, 1999, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Weighted
                  Options       Average   Weighted    Options    Weighted
               Outstanding at  Remaining  Average    Vested at   Average
    Exercise   September 30,  Contractual Exercise September 30, Exercise
     Price          1999         Life      Price       1999       Price
   ----------  -------------- ----------- -------- ------------- --------
   <S>         <C>            <C>         <C>      <C>           <C>
   $0.45-0.99    1,828,896       5.44      $0.54     1,662,191    $0.52
    1.00-1.99        2,000       6.93       1.00         1,542     1.00
    2.00-3.00    4,107,107       8.78       2.99     1,162,588     2.98
                 ---------                           ---------
                 5,938,003       7.75       2.24     2,826,321     1.53
                 =========                           =========
</TABLE>

  The weighted-average fair value of options granted during 1996, 1997, 1998
and the nine months ended September 30, 1999 was $0.27, $0.76, $0.70 and $5.39,
respectively.

  The information above does not include 13,962 options with exercise price
from $0.70 to $0.95 granted to employees in connection with the Acquisition and
4,000 options with an exercise price of $0.50 granted to a third party outside
of the Company's stock option plans.

Stock Subject to Repurchase

  As of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1999, the Company had
462,635, 1,004,050, and 515,432 shares of common stock outstanding,
respectively, which were subject to the Company's lapsing right of repurchase
in the event the holder's association with the Company terminates. These shares
are the result of the exercise of unvested stock options by employees and
shares of common stock sold to a board member which vest over the four-year
period of the board member's term. The shares which relate to the exercise of
unvested stock options will vest over the four-year vesting period of the
underlying exercised stock options.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                                  TULARIK INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

Reserved Shares

  Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31, September 30,
                                                          1998         1999
                                                      ------------ -------------
   <S>                                                <C>          <C>
   Warrants:
     Outstanding warrants............................   1,078,382    1,015,091
     Reserved for future issuance....................       3,051        3,051
   Stock option plans:
     Outstanding options.............................   5,351,447    5,955,965
     Reserved for future grants......................   1,737,772      436,112
   Convertible preferred stock:
     Issued and outstanding..........................  26,903,885   26,953,539
                                                       ----------   ----------
                                                       35,074,537   34,363,758
                                                       ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

11. Related Party Transactions

  During the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999, the Company loaned stockholders $200,000,
$194,132, $357,000 and $595,000, respectively. The loans were made in
connection with stock option exercises, relocation and housing. The loans have
interest rates which range from interest-free to 6.1% and certain of the loans
provide for forgiveness based on continued employment. The loans are full-
recourse and amounts forgiven have been recorded as compensation expense. The
loans made in connection with stock option exercises have been recorded in
stockholders' equity in the accompanying financial statements.

12. Employee Savings Plan

  The Company has an employee savings plan, which permits substantially all
employees to participate and to make contributions by salary reductions as
provided in section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In 1998, the Company
began matching a percentage of employee contributions up to a specified amount
in the form of Tularik common stock. Under this plan, the Company contributed
34,235 and 39,920 shares of common stock to employee savings accounts and
recognized compensation expense of $188,000 and $309,000 in 1998 and for the
nine months ended September 30, 1999, respectively.

13. Income Taxes

  As of September 30, 1999, Tularik had federal net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $54.2 million. The net operating loss
carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning on 2007 through 2019, if
not utilized.


                                      F-19
<PAGE>


                               TULARIK INC.

          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

  Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Company's deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 December 31,
                                               ------------------  September 30
                                                 1997      1998        1999
                                               --------  --------  ------------
   <S>                                         <C>       <C>       <C>
   Net operating loss carryforwards..........  $  8,400  $ 13,200     $18,900
   Research credits (expiring 2007 to 2019)..     1,700     3,000       3,900
   Depreciation..............................     2,500     1,200       1,100
   Capitalized research and development......       700     3,200       2,200
   Other, net................................       200       --        2,300
                                               --------  --------    --------
   Total deferred tax assets.................    13,500    20,600      28,400
   Valuation allowance for deferred tax
    assets...................................   (13,500)  (20,600)    (28,400)
                                               --------  --------    --------
   Net deferred tax assets...................  $    --   $    --     $    --
                                               ========  ========    ========
</TABLE>

  Because of the Company's lack of earnings history, the deferred tax assets
have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance
increased by approximately $1.7 million, $3.0 million, $7.1 million and $7.8
million during the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the nine
months ended September 30, 1999, respectively.

  Utilization of the net operating losses and credits may be subject to a
substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The annual limitation may result in the
expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.

14. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

  Selected cash payments and noncash activities were as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Years ended December Nine months ended
                                                 31,            September 30,
                                         -------------------- -----------------
                                          1996   1997   1998    1998     1999
                                         ------ ------- ----- -------- --------
   <S>                                   <C>    <C>     <C>   <C>      <C>
   Interest paid.......................  $  556 $   549 $ 508 $    355 $    670
                                         ====== ======= ===== ======== ========
   Equipment and leasehold improvements
    financed under capital leases......  $2,137 $ 1,185 $ --  $    --  $   --
                                         ====== ======= ===== ======== ========
   Common stock issued for notes
    receivable.........................  $  571 $   263 $ 149 $    149 $    340
                                         ====== ======= ===== ======== ========
   Issuance of preferred stock and
    warrants in connection with
    Acquisition........................  $  --  $18,276 $ --  $    --    $  --
                                         ====== ======= ===== ======== ========
</TABLE>

15. Subsequent Events

Initial Public Offering

  In October 1999, the board of directors authorized the filing of a
registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register
shares of its common stock in connection with a proposed Initial Public
Offering. If the offering contemplated by this prospectus is consummated, the
preferred stock outstanding as of

                                      F-20
<PAGE>


                               TULARIK INC.

          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


 (Information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 is unaudited)

the closing date will be converted into shares of the Company's common stock.
The pro forma stockholders' equity in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheet as of September 30, 1999 reflects conversion of the outstanding preferred
stock into 26,953,539 shares of common stock. Pro forma net loss per share is
computed as if the outstanding preferred stock has been converted into common
stock on the date of issuance.

1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

  In November 1999, the Company adopted its 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan,
authorizing the issuance of common stock through purchase rights granted to
employees or to employees of affiliates, if any. The purchase plan authorizes
the issuance of a total of 500,000 shares of common stock. This reserve amount
will be increased each January 1 beginning January 1, 2001, by the lesser of
500,000 shares of common stock or 1% of the number of shares of common stock
outstanding on that date. However, our board of directors has the authority to
designate a smaller number of shares by which the authorized number of shares
of common stock will be increased on that date.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                                6,250,000 Shares

                              [TULARIK INC. LOGO]



                                  Common Stock
                                 ------------

                                   PROSPECTUS
                                        , 1999

                                 ------------


                                Lehman Brothers

                               Hambrecht & Quist

                             J.P. Morgan & Co.

                            Warburg Dillon Read LLC
<PAGE>

                                    Part II

                     Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

  The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the
underwriting discounts payable by us, in connection with the sale of common
stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration
fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market listing fee.

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                <C>
   SEC registration fee..............................................    $25,976
   NASD filing fee...................................................      9,844
   Nasdaq National Market listing fee................................     95,000
   Blue Sky Fees and Expenses........................................     10,000
   Transfer Agent and Registrar fees.................................     10,000
   Accounting fees and expenses......................................    250,000
   Legal fees and expenses ..........................................    425,000
   Printing and engraving costs .....................................    150,000
   Miscellaneous expenses ...........................................     24,180
                                                                      ----------
     Total........................................................... $1,000,000
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

  As permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation provides that no director of ours will be personally liable to us
or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except for liability:

  . for any breach of duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

  . for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional
    misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

  . for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or
    redemptions under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

  . for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
    benefit.

  Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that
we must indemnify our directors and executive officers and may indemnify our
other officers and employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by
Delaware law. We believe that indemnification under our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation covers negligence and gross negligence on the part
of indemnified parties.

  We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors
and certain officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to
indemnify each director and officer for certain expenses including attorneys'
fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in
any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of Tularik,
arising out of the person's services as our director or officer, any subsidiary
of ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides
services at our request.

  The underwriting agreement (Exhibit 1.1) will provide for indemnification by
the underwriters of Tularik, our directors, our officers who sign the
registration statement, and our controlling persons for some liabilities,
including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

Item 15. Recent Sales Of Unregistered Securities

  Since September 1, 1996, Tularik has sold and issued unregistered securities
to a limited number of persons, as described below. None of these transactions
involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public
offering, and Tularik believes that each transaction was exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2)
thereof, Regulation D promulgated thereunder or Rule 701 pursuant to
compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided
under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each such transaction
represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and
not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and
appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments
issued in such transactions. We believe that all recipients had adequate access
to information about Tularik, through their relationships with Tularik.

  Since September 1, 1996, Tularik has sold and issued the following
unregistered securities:

  (1) From September 1996 to September 1999, we granted incentive stock options
and nonstatutory stock options to purchase an aggregate of 5,544,000 shares of
Tularik's common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $3.00 per share
to employees, directors and consultants under the 1991 Stock Plan, 1997 Equity
Incentive Plan and 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan and issued an
aggregate of 2,445,212 shares upon the exercise of these and previously granted
options. Options to purchase 384,650 shares of common stock have been canceled,
and 18,343 of these options have lapsed without being exercised.

  (2) In September 1996, we issued three warrants to purchase an aggregate of
200,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $7.50 per share.
Warrants to purchase 20,000 shares were issued to Brittania Investments, LLC,
warrants to purchase 90,000 shares were issued to National Electrical Benefit
Fund and warrants to purchase 90,000 shares were issued to SDK Incorporated.

  (3) In September 1996, we sold an aggregate of 1,308,000 shares of Series F
preferred stock to six purchasers at a purchase price of $10.00 per share.

  (4) In October 1996, we sold an aggregate of 4,964,000 shares of Series F
preferred stock to 32 purchasers at a purchase price of $10.00 per share.

  (5) In October 1996, we issued two warrants to purchase an aggregate of
253,600 shares of Series F preferred stock at an exercise price of $10.00 per
share. Warrants to purchase 126,800 shares were issued to The Magnum Trust and
warrants to purchase 126,800 shares were issued to Broadview Limited.

  (6) In September 1997, we sold an aggregate of 32,000 shares of Series G
preferred stock to four purchasers at a purchase price of $10.25 per share.

  (7) In October 1997, we issued an aggregate of 1,620,004 shares of Series H
preferred stock to 22 former stockholders of Amplicon Corp. in exchange for
outstanding shares of Amplicon stock and issued 22 warrants to purchase
245,456 shares of Series H preferred stock at an exercise price of $13.00 per
share. These shares were issued as consideration for the acquisition of
Amplicon.

  (8) In October 1997, we issued a warrant to purchase 50,000 shares of Series
H preferred stock to Broadview Limited at an exercise price of $10.00 per
share.

  (9) In November 1997, we sold an aggregate of 285,634 shares of Series G
preferred stock to three purchasers at a purchase price of $10.25 per share.

  (10) In December 1997, we sold an aggregate of 5,002,000 shares of Series G
preferred stock to two purchasers at a purchase price of $10.25 per share.

  (11) In March 1998, we issued an aggregate of 37,260 shares of Series C
preferred stock to Frazier & Company L.P. upon cashless exercise of a warrant
to purchase shares of Series C preferred stock.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

  (12) In June 1999, we issued an aggregate of 49,654 shares of Series B
preferred stock to Comdisco, Inc. upon cashless exercise of a warrant to
purchase shares of Series B preferred stock.

  (13) In August 1999, we issued three warrants to purchase an aggregate of
139,570 shares of Series H preferred stock at an exercise price of $13.00 per
share. Warrants to purchase 125,613 shares were issued to Slough Estates USA
Inc., warrants to purchase 11,166 shares were issued to Bristow Investments,
L.P. and warrants to purchase 2,791 shares were issued to Laurence Shushan and
Magdalena Shushan, Trustees of the Laurence and Magdalena Shushan Family Trust.

  (14) From November 1997 to September 1999, we issued an aggregate of 9,855
shares of Series H preferred stock to six former stockholders of Amplicon Corp.
upon the exercise of outstanding Amplicon options at exercise prices ranging
from $0.70 to $0.95 per share. In connection with the issuance of these 9,855
shares of Series H preferred stock, we issued seven warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 1,493 shares of Series H preferred stock at an exercise price of
$13.00 per share.

Item 16. (a) Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

<TABLE>
 <C>       <S>
   1.1*    Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement.
   1.2*    Form of International Underwriting Agreement.
   3.1     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant to
           be filed upon the closing of the offering made in connection with
           this Registration Statement.
   3.2     Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant to be filed upon the
           closing of the offering made in connection with this Registration
           Statement.
   4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
   4.2+    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 15,
           1999, between Registrant and holders of Registrant's Series A,
           Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G
           preferred stock and holders of warrants to purchase Registrant's
           common stock of Series H preferred stock dated August 15, 1999.
   4.3+    Investor Rights Agreement, dated October 31, 1997, between
           Registrant and holders of Registrant's Series H preferred stock.

   5.1*    Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.
  10.1+    Form of Indemnity Agreement.
  10.2+    1991 Stock Plan and related documents.
  10.3*    1997 Equity Incentive Plan and related documents.
  10.4*    1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan and related
           documents.
  10.5*    1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.6+++  Collaboration Agreement between Registrant and Sumitomo
           Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., dated January 31, 1995, as amended March
           13, 1997.
  10.7+++  Research, Collaboration and License/Development Agreement between
           Registrant and Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., dated March 20,
           1996, as amended on January 1, 1998 and January 1, 1999.
  10.8+++  Amended and Restated Collaboration and License Agreement between
           Registrant and Merck & Co., Inc., dated December 22, 1996.
  10.9+++  Research Collaboration and License Agreement between Registrant and
           the Roche Bioscience division of Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc., dated July 8,
           1997, as amended on December 19, 1997.
  10.10+++ Research Agreement between Registrant and Cold Spring Harbor
           Laboratory, dated October 3, 1997.
</TABLE>

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
 <C>      <S>
 10.11+++ License Agreement between Registrant and Cold Spring Harbor
          Laboratory, dated October 3, 1997.
 10.12+++ Collaboration Agreement between Registrant and Knoll AG, dated
          November 1, 1998.
 10.13+++ Preliminary Research, Development and Marketing Agreement between
          Registrant and Japan Tobacco Inc., dated September 8, 1998.
 10.14+++ Preliminary Research, Development and Marketing Agreement between
          Registrant and Japan Tobacco Inc., dated September 20, 1998.
 10.15+++ Screening Agreement between Registrant and Japan Tobacco Inc., dated
          August 23, 1999.
 10.16+++ Licensing Agreement between Registrant and Eli Lilly and Company,
          dated September 24, 1999.
 10.17+   Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and the 1987 Swanson
          Family Trust, dated June 20, 1996, as amended August 17, 1996.
 10.18+   Sublease between Registrant and AGY Therapeutics, Inc., dated January
          25, 1999.
 10.19+   Sublease between Registrant and Coulter Pharmaceuticals, Inc., dated
          May 1, 1999.
 10.20+   Sublease between Registrant and IGEN International, Inc., dated
          August 20, 1999.
 10.21+   Lease Agreement between Leonard Racanelli and The Rosa Racanelli 1998
          Trust, dated July 23, 1998.
 10.22+   Sublease between Registrant and GeneSoft Inc., dated November 16,
          1998.
 10.23+   Lease Agreement between Registrant and Brittania Developments, Inc.,
          dated April 20, 1995.
 10.24+   Lease Agreement between Registrant and Brittania Developments, Inc.,
          dated February 10, 1998.
 10.25+   Agreement and General Release between Registrant and John P.
          McLaughlin, dated September 30, 1999.
 22.1+    List of Subsidiaries.
 23.1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
 23.2*    Consent of Cooley Godward LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 24.1+    Power of Attorney (contained on signature page).
 27.1     Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
- --------
*  To be filed by amendment.

++ Confidential treatment requested as to specific portions, which portions are
   omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

+  Previously filed.

(b)Financial Statement Schedules

  All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under
the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.


Item 17. Undertakings

  The registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the
closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>


  Insofar as indemnification by the registrant for liabilities arising under
the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of
this Registration Statement or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification
is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.

  The registrant hereby undertakes that:

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
Prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in
the City of South San Francisco, State of California, on the 17th day of
November, 1999.

                                          TULARIK INC.

                                                   /s/ Corinne H. Lyle
                                          By:__________________________________
                                                      Corinne H. Lyle
                                                  Chief Financial Officer

  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Signature                          Title                   Date

<S>                                    <C>                        <C>
                  *                    Chief Executive Officer     November 17, 1999
______________________________________  and Director (Principal
           David V. Goeddel             Executive Officer)

        /s/ Corinne H. Lyle            Chief Financial Officer     November 17, 1999
______________________________________  (Principal Finance and
           Corinne H. Lyle              Accounting Officer)

                  *                    Director                    November 17, 1999
______________________________________
        A. Grant Heidrich, III

                  *                    Director                    November 17, 1999
______________________________________
            Mark J. Levin

                  *                    Director                    November 17, 1999
______________________________________
            Paul A. Marks

                  *                    Director                    November 17, 1999
______________________________________
         Edward R. McCracken

                  *                    Director                    November 17, 1999
______________________________________
          Steven L. McKnight

                  *                    Director                    November 17, 1999
______________________________________
          Peter J. Sjostrand
</TABLE>

  *By /s/ Corinne H. Lyle
- --------------------------------
           (Attorney-In-Fact)

                                     II-6
<PAGE>

                                 Exhibit Index

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Exhibit
  Number   Description
  -------  -----------
 <C>       <S>
   1.1*    Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement.

   1.2*    Form of International Underwriting Agreement.

   3.1     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant to
           be filed upon the closing of the offering made in connection with
           this Registration Statement.
   3.2     Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant to be filed upon the
           closing of the offering made in connection with this Registration
           Statement.

   4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate.

   4.2+    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 15,
           1999, between Registrant and holders of Registrant's Series A,
           Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G
           preferred stock and holders of warrants to purchase Registrant's
           common stock or Series H preferred stock.

   4.3+    Investor Rights Agreement, dated October 31, 1997, between
           Registrant and holders of Registrant's Series H preferred stock.
   5.1*    Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.

  10.1+    Form of Indemnity Agreement.

  10.2+    1991 Stock Plan and related documents.

  10.3*+   1997 Equity Incentive Plan and related documents.

  10.4*    1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan and related
           documents.

  10.5*    1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

  10.6+++  Collaboration Agreement between Registrant and Sumitomo
           Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., dated January 31, 1995, as amended March
           13, 1997.

  10.7+++  Research, Collaboration and License/Development Agreement between
           Registrant and Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., dated March 20,
           1996, as amended on January 1, 1998 and January 1, 1999.

  10.8+++  Amended and Restated Collaboration and License Agreement between
           Registrant and Merck & Co., Inc., dated December 22, 1996.

  10.9+++  Research Collaboration and License Agreement between Registrant and
           the Roche Bioscience division of Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc., dated July 8,
           1997, as amended on December 19, 1997.

  10.10+++ Research Agreement between Registrant and Cold Spring Harbor
           Laboratory, dated October 3, 1997.

  10.11+++ License Agreement between Registrant and Cold Spring Harbor
           Laboratory, dated October 3, 1997.

  10.12+++ Collaboration Agreement between Registrant and Knoll AG, dated
           November 1, 1998.

  10.13+++ Preliminary Research, Development and Marketing Agreement between
           Registrant and Japan Tobacco Inc., dated September 8, 1998.

  10.14+++ Preliminary Research, Development and Marketing Agreement between
           Registrant and Japan Tobacco Inc., dated September 20, 1998.

  10.15+++ Screening Agreement between Registrant and Japan Tobacco Inc., dated
           August 23, 1999.

  10.16+++ Licensing Agreement between Registrant and Eli Lilly and Company,
           dated September 24, 1999.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number  Description
 ------- -----------
 <C>     <S>
 10.17+  Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and the 1987 Swanson
         Family Trust, dated June 20, 1996, as amended August 17, 1996.

 10.18+  Sublease between Registrant and AGY Therapeutics, Inc., dated January
         25, 1999.

 10.19+  Sublease between Registrant and Coulter Pharmaceuticals, Inc., dated
         May 1, 1999.

 10.20+  Sublease between Registrant and IGEN International, Inc., dated August
         20, 1999.

 10.21+  Lease Agreement between Leonard Racanelli and The Rosa Racanelli 1998
         Trust, dated July 23, 1998.

 10.22+  Sublease between Registrant and GeneSoft Inc., dated November 16,
         1998.

 10.23+  Lease Agreement between Registrant and Brittania Developments, Inc.,
         dated April 20, 1995.

 10.24+  Lease Agreement between Registrant and Brittania Developments, Inc.,
         dated February 10, 1998.

 10.25+  Agreement and General Release between Registrant and John P.
         McLaughlin, dated September 30, 1999.

 22.1+   List of Subsidiaries.

 23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.

 23.2*   Consent of Cooley Godward LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 24.1+   Power of Attorney (contained on signature page).

 27.1    Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
- --------
*  To be filed by amendment
++ Confidential treatment requested as to specific portions, which portions are
   omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
+  Previously filed.

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1


               AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                                  TULARIK INC.
                             a Delaware Corporation

      David V. Goeddel and William J. Rieflin hereby certify that:

      SECTION 1.  The original name of this Corporation was TULARIK MERGER
CORPORATION, and the date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation
of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was
January 28, 1997.

      SECTION 2.  They are the duly elected and acting Chief Executive
Officer and Secretary, respectively, of Tularik Inc., a Delaware Corporation
(the "Corporation").

      SECTION 3.  The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as
follows:
                                      "I.

      The name of this corporation is TULARIK INC. (the "Corporation").

                                      II.

      The address, including street, number, city and county of the
registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre
Road, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of the registered
agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation
Service Company.
                                      III.

      The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a Corporation may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware.
                                      IV.
      A.  This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be
designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock."  The total
number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is seventy million
(70,000,000) shares.  Sixty-five million (65,000,000) shares shall be Common
Stock, each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($.001).  Five million
(5,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one-
tenth of one cent ($.001).

      B.  The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more
series.  The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, by filing a certificate (a
"Preferred Stock Designation") pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law
("DGCL"), to fix or alter from time to time the designation, powers, preferences
and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations
or restrictions of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and to
establish from time to time the number of shares constituting any such series or
any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series
subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of
shares of such series then outstanding.  In case the number of shares of any
series shall be decreased in accordance with the
<PAGE>

foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the
status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing
the number of shares of such series.

                                       V.

      For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs
of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the
powers of the Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class
thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

      A.

          1.  The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of
the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors.  The number of
directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed
exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.

          2.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred
Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors
shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year.
Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or
until his death, resignation or removal.  No decrease in the number of directors
constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent
director.

          3.  The Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed
from office at any time (a) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of
a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of voting
stock of the Corporation, entitled to vote at an election of directors (the
"Voting Stock") or (b) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all
the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock.

              a. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred
Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death,
resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created
directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall,
unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies
or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders, except as
otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of
Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with
the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of
the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such
director's successor shall have been elected and qualified.

              b. If at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created
directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority
of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the
Delaware Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or
stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the
shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors,
summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly
created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then
in offices as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by Section 211 of the
DGCL.

      B.

          1.  Subject to paragraph (h) of Section 43 of the Company's Amended
and Restated Bylaws (the "Bylaws"), the Bylaws may be altered, amended or new
Bylaws adopted by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds
percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of
the Voting Stock.  The Board of Directors shall also have the power to adopt,
amend or repeal Bylaws.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         2.  The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written
             ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

         3.  No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation
             except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in
             accordance with the Bylaws.

         4.  Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be
             called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the
             Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the
             Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority
             of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there
             exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the
             time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for
             adoption).

         5.  Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of
             directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any
             meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in
             the manner provided in the Bylaws.

                                        VI.

      A.   The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be
eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

      B.   Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall be
prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at
the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to
liability or indemnification.

                                      VII.

      A.   The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as
provided in Section B of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

      B.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise
permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the
holders of any particular class or series of the Voting Stock required by law,
this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any preferred stock
designation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-
thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding
shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required
to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI or VII.

                                     VIII.

      The Corporation is to have perpetual existence."

      SECTION 4.  This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has
been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

      SECTION 5.  This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has
been duly adopted and approved by the stockholders and Board of Directors in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and written notice of such was given
by the Corporation in accordance with said Section 228.

                                       3
<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TULARIK INC. has caused this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer and
Secretary in South San Francisco, California this ___ day of __________ 1999.

                                         TULARIK INC.

                                         By:________________________________
                                              David V. Goeddel
                                              Chief Executive Officer
ATTEST:


By:____________________________________
     William J. Rieflin, Secretary

                                       4

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2


                             AMENDED AND RESTATED


                                    BYLAWS

                                      OF

                                 TULARIK INC.

                           (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                          PAGE

Article I  Offices........................................................   1
  Section 1.  Registered Office...........................................   1
  Section 2.  Other Offices...............................................   1
Article II  Corporate Seal................................................   1
  Section 3.  Corporate Seal..............................................   1
Article III  Stockholders' Meetings.......................................   1
  Section 4.       Place Of Meetings......................................   1
  Section 5.       Annual Meetings........................................   2
  Section 6.       Special Meetings.......................................   3
  Section 7.       Notice Of Meetings.....................................   4
  Section 8.       Quorum.................................................   4
  Section 9.       Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings...........   5
  Section 10. Voting Rights...............................................   5
  Section 11. Joint Owners Of Stock.......................................   5
  Section 12. List Of Stockholders........................................   5
  Section 13. Action Without Meeting......................................   5
  Section 14. Organization................................................   6
Article IV  Directors.....................................................   7
  Section 15. Number And Term Of Office...................................   7
  Section 16. Powers......................................................   7
  Section 17. Classes Of Directors........................................   7
  Section 18. Vacancies...................................................   7
  Section 19. Resignation.................................................   7
  Section 20. Removal.....................................................   8
  Section 21. Meetings....................................................   8
          (a)      Annual Meetings........................................   8
          (b)      Regular Meetings.......................................   8
          (c)      Special Meetings.......................................   8
          (d)      Telephone Meetings.....................................   8
          (e)      Notice Of Meetings.....................................   8
          (f)      Waiver Of Notice.......................................   8

                                       i.
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  (CONTINUED)

                                                                          PAGE

  Section 22. Quorum And Voting...........................................   9
  Section 23. Action Without Meeting......................................   9
  Section 24. Fees And Compensation.......................................   9
  Section 25. Committees..................................................   9
          (a)   Executive Committee.......................................   9
          (b)   Other Committees..........................................   9
          (c)   Term......................................................  10
          (d)   Meetings..................................................  10
  Section 26. Organization................................................  10
Article V  Officers.......................................................  10
  Section 27. Officers Designated.........................................  10
  Section 28. Tenure And Duties Of Officers...............................  11
          (a)   General...................................................  11
          (b)   Duties Of Chairman Of The Board Of Directors..............  11
          (c)   Duties Of President.......................................  11
          (d)   Duties Of Vice Presidents.................................  11
          (e)   Duties Of Secretary.......................................  11
          (f)   Duties Of Chief Financial Officer.........................  12
  Section 29. Delegation Of Authority.....................................  12
  Section 30. Resignations................................................  12
  Section 31. Removal.....................................................  12
Article VI  Execution Of Corporate Instruments And Voting Of Securities
         Owned By The Corporation.........................................  12
  Section 32. Execution Of Corporate Instruments..........................  12
  Section 33. Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation...............  13
Article VII  Shares Of Stock..............................................  13
  Section 34. Form And Execution Of Certificates..........................  13
  Section 35. Lost Certificates...........................................  13
  Section 36. Transfers...................................................  14
  Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.........................................  14
  Section 38. Registered Stockholders.....................................  15
Article VIII  Other Securities Of The Corporation.........................  15

                                      ii.
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  (CONTINUED)

                                                                          PAGE

  Section 39. Execution Of Other Securities...............................  15
Article IX  Dividends.....................................................  15
  Section 40. Declaration Of Dividends....................................  15
  Section 41. Dividend Reserve............................................  15
Article X  Fiscal Year....................................................  16
  Section 42. Fiscal Year.................................................  16
Article XI  Indemnification...............................................  16
  Section 43. Indemnification Of Directors, Executive Officers, Other
              Officers, Employees And Other Agents........................  16
          (a)    Directors And Executive Officers.........................  16
          (b)    Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents...............  16
          (c)    Expenses.................................................  16
          (d)    Enforcement..............................................  17
          (e)    Non-Exclusivity Of Rights................................  17
          (f)    Survival Of Rights.......................................  17
          (g)    Insurance................................................  17
          (h)    Amendments...............................................  17
          (i)    Saving Clause............................................  18
          (j)    Certain Definitions......................................  18
Article XII  Notices......................................................  19
  Section 44. Notices.....................................................  19
          (a)    Notice To Stockholders...................................  19
          (b)    Notice To Directors......................................  19
          (c)    Affidavit Of Mailing.....................................  19
          (d)    Time Notices Deemed Given................................  19
          (e)    Methods Of Notice........................................  19
          (f)    Failure To Receive Notice................................  19
          (g)    Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful.....  19
          (h)    Notice To Person With Undeliverable Address..............  20
Article XIII  Amendments..................................................  20
  Section 45. Amendments..................................................  20
Article XIV  Loans To Officers............................................  20

                                      iii.
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  (CONTINUED)

                                                                          PAGE

  Section 47. Loans To Officers...........................................  20
Article XV  Miscellaneous.................................................  21
  Section 47. Annual Report...............................................  21

                                      iv.
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2

                             AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                    BYLAWS

                                      OF

                                 TULARIK INC.

                           (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

                                   ARTICLE I

                                    OFFICES


     Section 1.  Registered Office.  The registered office of the corporation
in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New
Castle.

     Section 2.  Other Offices.  The corporation shall also have and maintain
an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the
Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within
and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to
time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

                                  ARTICLE II

                                CORPORATE SEAL

     Section 3.  Corporate Seal.  The corporate seal shall consist of a die
bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, "Corporate Seal-
Delaware."  Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

                                  ARTICLE III

                            STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

     Section 4.  Place Of Meetings.  Meetings of the stockholders of the
corporation shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of
Delaware, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, or,
if not so designated, then at the office of the corporation required to be
maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

                                       1.
<PAGE>

   Section 5.  Annual Meetings.

          (a)  The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for
the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully
come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated
from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Nominations of persons for
election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of
business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting
of stockholders:  (i) pursuant to the corporation's notice of meeting of
stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by
any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time
of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to
vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in
Section 5.

          (b)  At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business
shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.  For
nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by
a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the
stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of
the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for
stockholder action under the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), (iii) if
the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or
nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as
defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the
case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to
holders of at least the percentage of the corporation's voting shares required
under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination
or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of
a percentage of the corporation's voting shares reasonably believed by such
stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or
nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case,
have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no
Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this
section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or
nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have
required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5.  To be
timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of
business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on
the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the
preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the
date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or
delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding
year's annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so
delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth
(120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of
business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting
or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the
date of such meeting is first made.  In no event shall the public announcement
of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving
of a stockholder's notice as described above.  Such stockholder's notice shall
set forth:  (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for
election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person
that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of
directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case
pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "1934 Act") and Rule 14a-11 thereunder (including such person's written
consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a
director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes
to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be
brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the
meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the
beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to
the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial

                                       2.
<PAGE>

owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name
and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation's books, and
of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation
which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such
beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner
intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the
case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation's voting shares
required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a
nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation's
voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of
such intent, a "Solicitation Notice").

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b)
of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be
elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is
no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the
size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one
hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual
meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this Section 5 shall also be
considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions
created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the
principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of
business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public
announcement is first made by the corporation.

          (d)  Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors
and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall
have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth
in this Section 5.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the
meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any
business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the
case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if
any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to
declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for
stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

          (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in
order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy
statement and form of proxy for a stockholder's meeting, stockholders must
provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act.
Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to
request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to
Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

          (f) For purposes of this Section 5, "public announcement" shall mean
disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated
Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the
corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13,
14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

   Section 6.  Special Meetings.

          (a)  Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be
called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer or (iii) the Board of Directors
pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized
directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized
directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of
Directors for adoption).

                                       3.
<PAGE>

          (b)  If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other
than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the
general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered
personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile
transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive
Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation.  No business may be transacted at
such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice.  The Board of
Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which
shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty
(120) days after the date of the receipt of the request.  Upon determination of
the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause
notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the
provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws.  If the notice is not given within
sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons
requesting the meeting may set the time and place of the meeting and give the
notice.  Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting,
fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of
the Board of Directors may be held.

   Section 7.  Notice Of Meetings.  Except as otherwise provided by law or
the Certificate of Incorporation, written notice of each meeting of stockholders
shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the
date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such
notice to specify the place, date and hour and purpose or purposes of the
meeting.  Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting of stockholders
may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof,
either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by
his attendance thereat in person or by proxy, except when the stockholder
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.  Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be
bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice
thereof had been given.

   Section 8.  Quorum.  At all meetings of stockholders, except where
otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by
these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy duly authorized, of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  In the absence of a
quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either
by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the
shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such
meeting.  The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at
which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a
quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation
or these Bylaws, all action taken by the holders of a majority of the vote cast,
excluding abstentions, at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be
valid and binding upon the corporation; provided, however, that directors shall
be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or
represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of
directors.  Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required,
except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of
Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such
class or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that
matter and, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate
of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority
(plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of the votes cast,
including abstentions, by the holders of shares of such class or classes or
series shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

                                       4.
<PAGE>

   Section 9.  Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings.  Any meeting of
stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time
either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares
casting votes, excluding abstentions.  When a meeting is adjourned to another
time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and
place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.
At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might
have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more
than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for
the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

   Section 10.  Voting Rights.  For the purpose of determining those
stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as
otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock
records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of
these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders.  Every
person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person or by an
agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law.
An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder.  No proxy shall be voted after
three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer
period.

   Section 11.  Joint Owners Of Stock.  If shares or other securities having
voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether
fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants
by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same
fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given
written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or
order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided,
their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only
one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the
majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is
evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in
question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for
relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the
Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority
or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-
split in interest.

   Section 12.  List Of Stockholders.  The Secretary shall prepare and make,
at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of
the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical
order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares
registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the
examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during
ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the
meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall be
produced and kept at the time and place of meeting during the whole time thereof
and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

   Section 13.  Action Without Meeting.

          (a)   Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation,
any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of
the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special
meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior
notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so
taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than
the minimum number of votes that would

                                       5.
<PAGE>

be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

          (b)  Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each
stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to
take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of
the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein
required, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take
action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in
the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of
the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of
stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to a corporation's registered office
shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

          (c)  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a
meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
stockholders who have not consented in writing.  If the action which is
consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under
any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a
meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in
lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of
stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228
of the DGCL.

          (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such action by written consent
may be taken following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "1933 Act"), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the corporation
(the "Initial Public Offering").

   Section 14. Organization.

          (a)  At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President,
or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority
in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy,
shall act as chairman.  The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant
Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the
meeting.

          (b)  The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to
make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it
shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient.  Subject to such rules and
regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall
have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures
and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary,
appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including,
without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting,
rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of
those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of
record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and
such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the
meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the
time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the
opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted
on by ballot.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or
the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to
be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

                                       6.
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE IV

                                   DIRECTORS

     Section 15.  Number and Term Of Office.  The authorized number of
directors of the corporation shall be eight. Directors need not be stockholders
unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation.  If for any cause, the
directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected
as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called
for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

     Section 16.  Powers.  The powers of the corporation shall be exercised,
its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors,
except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of
Incorporation.

     Section 17.  Board Of Directors.  Subject to the rights of the holders of
any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified
circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders
for a term of one year.  Each director shall serve until his successor is duly
elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal.  No decrease
in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the
term of any incumbent director.

     Section 18.  Vacancies.

            (a)   Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation,
any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation,
disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships
resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board
of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created
directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative
vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a
quorum of the Board of Directors.  Any director elected in accordance with the
preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the
director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director's
successor shall have been elected and qualified.  A vacancy in the Board of
Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Section 18 in the case of the
death, removal or resignation of any director.

            (b)   If at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created
directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority
of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the
Delaware Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or
stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the
shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors,
summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly
created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then
in offices as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by Section 211 of the
DGCL.

     Section 19.  Resignation.  Any director may resign at any time by
delivering his written resignation to the Secretary, such resignation to specify
whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary
or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  If no such specification is made,
it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  When
one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a
future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who
have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote
thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become
effective, and each Director so

                                       7.
<PAGE>

chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director
whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly
elected and qualified.

    Section 20.  Removal.  The Board of Directors or any individual director
may be removed from office at any time (a) with cause by the affirmative vote of
the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares
of voting stock of the corporation, entitled to vote at an election of directors
or (b) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-
six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the then-
outstanding shares of the voting stock of the corporation entitled to vote at an
election of directors.

    Section 21.  Meetings.

           (a)   Annual Meetings.  The annual meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be held immediately before or after the annual meeting of stockholders and
at the place where such meeting is held. No notice of an annual meeting of the
Board of Directors shall be necessary and such meeting shall be held for the
purpose of electing officers and transacting such other business as may lawfully
come before it.

           (b)   Regular Meetings.  Except as hereinafter otherwise provided,
regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held in the office of the
corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  Unless
otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of
the Board of Directors may also be held at any place within or without the State
of Delaware which has been designated by resolution of the Board of Directors or
the written consent of all directors.

           (c)   Special Meetings.  Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be
held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever
called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of the directors.

           (d)   Telephone Meetings.  Any member of the Board of Directors, or
of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference
telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting
by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

           (e)   Notice Of Meetings.  Notice of the time and place of all
special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by
telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology
designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or
by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at
least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting, or sent in
writing to each director by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three
(3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in
writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any
director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for
the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.

           (f)   Waiver Of Notice.  The transaction of all business at any
meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or
noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly
held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either

                                       8.
<PAGE>

before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present shall sign a
written waiver of notice. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate
records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

    Section 22.  Quorum And Voting.

           (a)   Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater
number and except with respect to indemnification questions arising under
Section 43 hereof, for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of
directors fixed from time to time in accordance with the Certificate of
Incorporation, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of
the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors
in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any
meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors
present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular
meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at
the meeting.

           (b)   At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is
present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote
of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by
law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

    Section 23.  Action Without Meeting.  Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof
may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or
committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and such writing or
writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or
committee.

    Section 24.  Fees And Compensation.  Directors shall be entitled to such
compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors,
including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum
and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special
meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board
of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any
director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer,
agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

    Section 25.  Committees.

           (a)   Executive Committee.  The Board of Directors may appoint an
Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of
Directors.  The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided
in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the
powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business
and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to
be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have
the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or
recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the
DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or
repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

           (b)   Other Committees.  The Board of Directors may, from time to
time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law.  Such other
committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more
members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such
duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such
committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to
the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

                                       9.
<PAGE>

           (c)   Term.  Each member of a committee of the Board of Directors
shall serve a term on the committee coexistent with such member's term on the
Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of
subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the
number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee.  The
membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or
voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors.  The
Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual
committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy
created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of
the committee.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as
alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified
member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or
disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof
present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or
they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of
Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified
member.

           (d)   Meetings.  Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise
provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee
appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as
are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when
notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further
notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter.  Special meetings of
any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time
to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of
such committee, upon written notice to the members of such committee of the time
and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of
written notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of
special meetings of the Board of Directors.  Notice of any special meeting of
any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting
and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the
director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  A majority of the authorized number
of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which
a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

    Section 26.  Organization.  At every meeting of the directors, the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or
is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice
President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such officer, a chairman of
the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over
the meeting.  The Secretary, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed
to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

                                   ARTICLE V

                                   OFFICERS

    Section 27.  Officers Designated.  The officers of the corporation shall
include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice
Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the
Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of
the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more
Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such
other officers and agents with such powers and

                                      10.
<PAGE>

duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such
additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate.
Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time
unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other
compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the
manner designated by the Board of Directors.

    Section 28.  Tenure And Duties Of Officers.

           (a)   General.  All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and
qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board
of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office
of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the
Board of Directors.

           (b)   Duties Of Chairman Of The Board Of Directors.  The Chairman of
the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the
stockholders and the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors
shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors
shall designate from time to time.  If there is no President, then the Chairman
of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the
corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of
this Section 28.

           (c)   Duties Of President.  The President shall preside at all
meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors,
unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present.
Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the
corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the
corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have
general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the
corporation.  The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to his
office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as
the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

           (d)   Duties Of Vice Presidents.  The Vice Presidents may assume and
perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the
President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents
shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors
or the President shall designate from time to time.

           (e)   Duties Of Secretary.  The Secretary shall attend all meetings
of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and
proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall
give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders
and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof
requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties given him in
these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors
shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant
Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or
disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other
duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties
and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall
designate from time to time.

                                      11.
<PAGE>

           (f)   Duties Of Chief Financial Officer.  The Chief Financial Officer
shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a
thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs
of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of
Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of
the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of
the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly
incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from
time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer,
or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties
of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief
Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each
Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident
to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other
powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to
time.

    Section 29.  Delegation Of Authority.  The Board of Directors may from
time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer
or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

    Section 30.  Resignations.  Any officer may resign at any time by giving
written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the
Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person
or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified
therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later
time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall
be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any
contract with the resigning officer.

    Section 31.  Removal.  Any officer may be removed from office at any time,
either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the
directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon
whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

                                  ARTICLE VI

   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE
                                  CORPORATION

    Section 32.  Execution Of Corporate Instruments.  The Board of Directors
may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer
or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation
any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation
the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of
the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and
such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

    All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the
credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be
signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to
do.

                                      12.
<PAGE>

     Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the
agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power
or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge
its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

     Section 33.  Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation.   All stock
and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for
itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies
with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by
resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization,
by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, or any Vice President.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                SHARES OF STOCK

     Section 34.  Form And Execution Of Certificates.  Certificates for the
shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with
the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.  Every holder of stock in
the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name
of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President
or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him
in the corporation.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be
facsimiles.  In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer,
transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.  Each certificate shall state
upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the powers,
designations, preferences, and rights, and the limitations or restrictions of
the shares authorized to be issued or shall, except as otherwise required by
law, set forth on the face or back a statement that the corporation will furnish
without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of
each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.  Within a reasonable time after
the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to
the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information
required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section or
otherwise required by law or with respect to this section a statement that the
corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the
powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other
special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.  Except as
otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders
of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be
identical.

     Section 35.  Lost Certificates.  A new certificate or certificates shall
be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the
corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of
an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be
lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition
precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of
such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal
representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall
require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it
may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen,
or destroyed.

                                      13.
<PAGE>

    Section 36.  Transfers.

           (a)   Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall
be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney
duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or
certificates for a like number of shares.

           (b)   The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any
agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of
the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation
of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not
prohibited by the DGCL.

    Section 37.  Fixing Record Dates.

           (a)   In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing
the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date
shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten
(10) days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the
Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled
to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any
adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may
fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

           (b)   Prior to the Initial Public Offering, in order that the
corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate
action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record
date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date
shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  Any stockholder of
record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by
written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of
Directors to fix a record date.  The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in
all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is
received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date.  If no record date has been
fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a
request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action
by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date
on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to
be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in
the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of
the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of
stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the corporation's registered office
shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by
the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining
stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of
Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

           (c)   In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment
of any rights or the stockholders entitled to

                                      14.
<PAGE>

exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock,
or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix,
in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon
which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date
shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date
is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose
shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors
adopts the resolution relating thereto.

     Section 38.  Registered Stockholders.  The corporation shall be entitled
to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the
owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not
be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share
or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express
or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                      OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     Section 39.  Execution Of Other Securities.  All bonds, debentures and
other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates
(covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be
authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon
or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of
the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such
bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual
signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an
indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security
shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the
corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the
imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons.  Interest coupons
appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security,
authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an
Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized
by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of
such person.  In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond,
debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear
thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer
before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested
shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security
nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as
though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have
been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

                                  ARTICLE IX

                                   DIVIDENDS

     Section 40.  Declaration Of Dividends.  Dividends upon the capital stock
of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law
at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property,
or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate
of Incorporation.

     Section 41.  Dividend Reserve.  Before payment of any dividend, there may
be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends
such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from

                                      15.
<PAGE>

time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or
reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or
maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the
Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation,
and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner
in which it was created.

                                   ARTICLE X

                                  FISCAL YEAR

    Section 42.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be
fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

                                  ARTICLE XI

                                INDEMNIFICATION

    Section 43.  Indemnification Of Directors, Executive Officers, Other
Officers, Employees And Other Agents.

           (a)   Directors And Executive Officers.  The corporation shall
indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the
DGCL; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such
indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and,
provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any
director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof)
initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required
to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors
of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation,
in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under
the DGCL or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection
(d).

           (b)   Employees and Other Agents.  The corporation shall have power
to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL.

           (c)   Expenses.  The corporation shall advance to any person who was
or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of
the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the
proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any
director or officer in connection with such proceeding upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay said amounts if it should be
determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under
this Bylaw or otherwise.

    Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to
paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an
officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or
was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply)
in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the
Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who
were not parties to the proceeding, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable,
or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by
independent legal

                                      16.
<PAGE>

counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party
at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that
such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

          (d)  Enforcement.  Without the necessity of entering into an express
contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers
under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to
the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and
the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by
this Bylaw to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the
person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the
claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no
disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor.
The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part,
shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting his claim. In
connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled
to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the
standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL for the corporation
to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim
by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact
that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for
advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such
action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a
manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his
conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board
of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the
corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its
stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct,
shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not
met the applicable standard of conduct.

          (e)  Non-Exclusivity Of Rights.  The rights conferred on any person
by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may
have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity
and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is
specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of
its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and
advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL.

          (f)  Survival Of Rights.  The rights conferred on any person by this
Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors
and administrators of such a person.

          (g)  Insurance.  To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the
corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on
behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this
Bylaw.

          (h)  Amendments.  Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only
be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the
time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the
cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

                                      17.
<PAGE>

          (i)  Saving Clause.  If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be
invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the
corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to
the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 43 that
shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.  If this
Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification
provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each
director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable
law.

          (j)  Certain Definitions.  For the purposes of this Bylaw, the
following definitions shall apply:

               (1)  The term "proceeding" shall be broadly construed and shall
include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution,
defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in,
any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative.

               (2)  The term "expenses" shall be broadly construed and shall
include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys' fees, witness fees, fines,
amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any
nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

               (3)  The term the "corporation" shall include, in addition to the
resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of
a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate
existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its
directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or
was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions
of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would
have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had
continued.

               (4)  References to a "director," "executive officer," "officer,"
"employee," or "agent" of the corporation shall include, without limitation,
situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as,
respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent
of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

               (5)  References to "other enterprises" shall include employee
benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on
a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at
the request of the corporation" shall include any service as a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or
involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to
an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest
of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be
deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation" as referred to in this Bylaw.

                                  ARTICLE XII

                                    NOTICES

     Section 44.  Notices.

                                      18.
<PAGE>

          (a)  Notice To Stockholders.  Whenever, under any provisions of these
Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any stockholder, it shall be given in
writing, timely and duly deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
and addressed to his last known post office address as shown by the stock record
of the corporation or its transfer agent.

          (b)  Notice To Directors.  Any notice required to be given to any
director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or by facsimile,
telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered
personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in
writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known
post office address of such director.

          (c)  Affidavit Of Mailing.  An affidavit of mailing, executed by a
duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent
appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, specifying the name and
address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or
director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and
the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima
facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

          (d)  Time Notices Deemed Given.  All notices given by mail or by
overnight delivery service, as above provided, shall be deemed to have been
given as at the time of mailing, and all notices given by facsimile, telex or
telegram shall be deemed to have been given as of the sending time recorded at
time of transmission.

          (e)  Methods Of Notice.  It shall not be necessary that the same
method of giving notice be employed in respect of all directors, but one
permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other
permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

          (f)  Failure To Receive Notice.  The period or limitation of time
within which any stockholder may exercise any option or right, or enjoy any
privilege or benefit, or be required to act, or within which any director may
exercise any power or right, or enjoy any privilege, pursuant to any notice sent
him in the manner above provided, shall not be affected or extended in any
manner by the failure of such stockholder or such director to receive such
notice.

          (g)  Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful.
Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with
whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall
not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental
authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person.
Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such
person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect
as if such notice had been duly given.  In the event that the action taken by
the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any
provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if
notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive
notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

          (h)  Notice To Person With Undeliverable Address.  Whenever notice
is required to be given, under any provision of law or the Certificate of
Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any stockholder to whom (i)
notice of two consecutive annual meetings, and all notices of meetings or of the
taking of action by written consent without a meeting to such person during the
period between

                                      19.
<PAGE>

such two consecutive annual meetings, or (ii) all, and at least two, payments
(if sent by first class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a
twelve-month period, have been mailed addressed to such person at his address as
shown on the records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable,
the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any action or
meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have
the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such
person shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth his then
current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be
reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to
require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the
certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice
was not required to be given pursuant to this paragraph.

                                 ARTICLE XIII

                                  AMENDMENTS

     Section 45.  Amendments.  Subject to paragraph (h) of Section 43 of the
Bylaws, the Bylaws may be altered or amended or new Bylaws adopted by the
affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the
voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock.  The
Board of Directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend, or repeal Bylaws.

                                  ARTICLE XIV

                               LOANS TO OFFICERS

     Section 46.  Loans To Officers.  The corporation may lend money to, or
guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee
of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who
is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment
of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be
expected to benefit the corporation.  The loan, guarantee or other assistance
may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner
as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge
of shares of stock of the corporation.  Nothing in these Bylaws  shall be deemed
to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation
at common law or under any statute.

                                  ARTICLE XIV

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 47.  Annual Report.

                                      20.
<PAGE>

           (a)   Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the
Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder
of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close
of the corporation's fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as
of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes
in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of
independent accounts or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an
authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without
audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than
100 stockholders of record of the corporation's shares, as determined by Section
605 of the California Corporations Code, additional information as required by
Section 1501(b) of the California Corporations Code shall also be contained in
such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities
registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, that Act shall take precedence.
Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to
the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to
which it relates.

           (b)   If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record
of the corporation's shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to
the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

    Section 48.  Election under DGCL Section 203.  The corporation elects not
to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

                                      21.

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

               Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors

We consent to the references to our firm under the captions "Experts" and
"Selected Financial Data" and to the use of our report dated October 25, 1999,
in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1, No. 333-89177) and
related Prospectus of Tularik, Inc. for the registration of 7,187,500 shares of
its common stock.

                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Palo Alto, California
November 15, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND FOR THE NINE MONTH
PERIOD THEN ENDED AND THE AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS AT DECEMBER 31, 1998
AND FOR THE YEAR THEN ENDED AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO
SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998             SEP-30-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1998             JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998             SEP-30-1999
<CASH>                                          53,398                  17,269
<SECURITIES>                                    58,926                  86,919
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0                       0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0                       0
<INVENTORY>                                          0                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               113,906                 106,902
<PP&E>                                          20,674                  27,129
<DEPRECIATION>                                   8,724                  11,455
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 136,778                 131,026
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           19,371                  22,501
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                         27                      27
<COMMON>                                             8                       8
<OTHER-SE>                                     110,898                  95,556
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   136,778                 131,026
<SALES>                                              0                       0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                21,362                  17,856
<CGS>                                                0                       0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        0                       0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                38,297                  40,478
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 508                     789
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (10,539)                (18,954)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (10,539)                (18,954)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (10,539)                (18,954)
<EPS-BASIC>                                      (0.31)                  (0.55)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (0.31)                  (0.55)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission